「模組:Citation/CS1」:修訂間差異

出自微國家百科
imported>CYL992
(建立內容為「--[[--------------------------< I M P O R T E D _ F U N C T I O N S _ A N D _ V A R I B L E S >----------------- ]] local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist local dates, year_date_check; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_valid…」的新頁面)
 
無編輯摘要
 
第1行: 第1行:
--[[--------------------------< I M P O R T E D _  F U N C T I O N S _ A N D _ V A R I B L E S >-----------------
local z = {
error_categories = {}; -- for categorizing citations that contain errors
error_ids = {};
message_tail = {};
maintenance_cats = {}; -- for categorizing citations that aren't erroneous per se, but could use a little work
properties_cats = {}; -- for categorizing citations based on certain properties, language of source for instance
}
 
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
]]
local dates, year_date_check -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
 
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Returns true if argument is set; false otherwise. Argument is 'set' when it exists (not nil) or when it is not an empty string.
This function is global because it is called from both this module and from Date validation
]]
]]
function is_set( var )
return not (var == nil or var == '');
end
--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------
First set variable or nil if none
]]
local function first_set(...)
local list = {...};
for _, var in pairs(list) do
if is_set( var ) then
return var;
end
end
end


local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
--[[--------------------------< I N _ A R R A Y >--------------------------------------------------------------
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist


local dates, year_date_check; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
Whether needle is in haystack
local add_maint_cat, append_error, make_error_tail, reset_error, set_error, select_one, throw_error;      
]]
-- error-related functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Error
local function in_array( needle, haystack )
local first_set, hyphen_to_dash, is_set, in_array, substitute; -- simple functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
if needle == nil then
local has_invisible_chars, kern_quotes, pend_separator, safe_join, wrap_style, wrap_msg;
return false;
-- style-related functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
end
local check_for_external_link, make_external_link, make_internal_link; -- link-related functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Links
for n,v in ipairs( haystack ) do
local extract_ids, build_id_list, is_embargoed, extract_id_access_levels; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
if v == needle then
local get_people, format_people; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/People
return n;
local COinS; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
end
local script_concatenate, language_parameter; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Language
end
return false;
end


local function load_modules (module_path, module_suffix)
--[[--------------------------< S U B S T I T U T E >----------------------------------------------------------
cfg = mw.loadData (module_path .. 'Configuration' .. module_suffix);
whitelist = mw.loadData (module_path .. 'Whitelist' .. module_suffix);
local validation = require (module_path .. 'Date_validation' .. module_suffix);
local identifiers = require (module_path .. 'Identifiers' .. module_suffix);
local utilities = require (module_path .. 'Utilities' .. module_suffix);
local people = require (module_path .. 'People' .. module_suffix);
local links = require (module_path .. 'Links' .. module_suffix);
local errors = require (module_path .. 'Error' .. module_suffix);
local coins = require (module_path .. 'COinS' .. module_suffix);
local languages = require (module_path .. 'Language' .. module_suffix);


utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg);
Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table.
links.set_selected_modules (utilities, errors);
]]
errors.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities, links);
local function substitute( msg, args )
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities, errors, links, validation);
return args and mw.message.newRawMessage( msg, args ):plain() or msg;
people.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities, errors, links);
end
coins.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities, links);
languages.set_selected_modules (utilities, errors);


dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions
--[[--------------------------< E R R O R _ C O M M E N T >----------------------------------------------------
year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;
 
Wraps error messages with css markup according to the state of hidden.
]]
local function error_comment( content, hidden )
return substitute( hidden and cfg.presentation['hidden-error'] or cfg.presentation['visible-error'], content );
end
 
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ E R R O R >--------------------------------------------------------------
 
Sets an error condition and returns the appropriate error message.  The actual placement of the error message in the output is
the responsibility of the calling function.
]]
local function set_error( error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix )
local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[ error_id ];
first_set = utilities.first_set;
prefix = prefix or "";
hyphen_to_dash = utilities.hyphen_to_dash;
suffix = suffix or "";
is_set = utilities.is_set;
in_array = utilities.in_array;
substitute = utilities.substitute;
has_invisible_chars = utilities.has_invisible_chars;
if error_state == nil then
kern_quotes = utilities.kern_quotes;
error( cfg.messages['undefined_error'] );
pend_separator = utilities.pend_separator;
elseif is_set( error_state.category ) then
safe_join = utilities.safe_join;
table.insert( z.error_categories, error_state.category );
wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style;
end
wrap_msg = utilities.wrap_msg;
make_external_link = links.make_external_link;
local message = substitute( error_state.message, arguments );
make_internal_link = links.make_internal_link;
check_for_external_link = links.check_for_external_link;
add_maint_cat = errors.add_maint_cat;
message = message .. " ([[" .. cfg.messages['help page link'] ..  
append_error = errors.append_error;
"#" .. error_state.anchor .. "|" ..
make_error_tail = errors.make_error_tail;
cfg.messages['help page label'] .. "]])";
reset_error = errors.reset_error;
set_error = errors.set_error;
select_one = errors.select_one;
throw_error = errors.throw_error;
extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids;
z.error_ids[ error_id ] = true;
build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list;
if in_array( error_id, { 'bare_url_missing_title', 'trans_missing_title' } )
is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed;
and z.error_ids['citation_missing_title'] then
extract_id_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels;
return '', false;
end
get_people = people.get_people;
message = table.concat({ prefix, message, suffix });
format_people = people.format_people;
COinS = coins.COinS;
if raw == true then
return message, error_state.hidden;
end
return error_comment( message, error_state.hidden );
end
 
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ M A I N T _ C A T >------------------------------------------------------
 
Adds a category to z.maintenance_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
To prevent duplication, the added_maint_cats table lists the categories by key that have been added to z.maintenance_cats.
]]
local added_maint_cats = {} -- list of maintenance categories that have been added to z.maintenance_cats
local function add_maint_cat (key, arguments)
if not added_maint_cats [key] then
added_maint_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, substitute (cfg.maint_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
end
end
 
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------
 
Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
]]
local added_prop_cats = {} -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats
local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
if not added_prop_cats [key] then
added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
end
end
 
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------
 
Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
]]
local added_vanc_errs; -- flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
local function add_vanc_error ()
if not added_vanc_errs then
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {}, true ) } );
end
end
 
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
 
Determines whether a URL string is valid.
 
At present the only check is whether the string appears to be prefixed with a URI scheme.  It is not determined whether
the URI scheme is valid or whether the URL is otherwise well formed.
 
The scheme is checked http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
  letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
  ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").
 
First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then test for the case where the url is
protocol relative (//example.com).  If the first two characters of the |url= value are //, return true.  Last
look for what appears to be a scheme according to the definition above.  If the characters preceding the colon
are in the allowed set, return true, else false
]]
local function check_url( url_str )
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value
return false;
end
return url_str:sub(1,2) == "//" or nil ~= url_str:match ("^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:") -- protocol relative or scheme part composed of legitimate characters
end
 
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ I T A L I C S >----------------------------------------------
 
Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... ''
 
Note: We cannot use <i> for italics, as the expected behavior for italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that
they will be inverted (i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references.  In addition, <i> and '' tend to interact
poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy.
]]
local function safe_for_italics( str )
if not is_set(str) then
return str;
else
if str:sub(1,1) == "'" then str = "<bdi></bdi>" .. str; end
if str:sub(-1,-1) == "'" then str = str .. "<bdi></bdi>"; end
-- Remove newlines as they break italics.
return str:gsub( '\n', ' ' );
end
end
 
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------
 
Escape sequences for content that will be used for description in "[URL content]" links.
]]
local function safe_for_url( str )
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
end
script_concatenate = languages.script_concatenate;
return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {
language_parameter = languages.language_parameter;
['['] = '&#91;',
[']'] = '&#93;',
['\n'] = ' ' } );
end


--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------------
Applies styling to various parameters.  Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one
argument; protects italic styled parameters.  Additional text taken from citation_config.presentation - the reason
this function is similar to but separate from wrap_msg().
]]
local function wrap_style (key, str)
if not is_set( str ) then
return "";
elseif in_array( key, { 'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title' } ) then
str = safe_for_italics( str );
end
return substitute( cfg.presentation[key], {str} );
end
--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------
Format an external link with error checking
]]
local function external_link( URL, label, source )
local error_str = "";
if not is_set( label ) then
label = URL;
if is_set( source ) then
error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
else
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
end
end
if not check_url( URL ) then
error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
end
return table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]", error_str });
end
--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D >----------------------------------------------
Formats a wiki style external link
]]
local function external_link_id(options)
local url_string = options.id;
if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then
url_string = mw.uri.encode( url_string );
end
return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[%s%s%s %s]',
options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "",
mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
);
end
end


第83行: 第258行:


Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  The function includes the
Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  The function includes the
offending parameter name to the error message.   
offending parameter name to the error message.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
parameters in the citation.
]]
local page_in_deprecated_cat; -- sticky flag so that the category is added only once
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
if not page_in_deprecated_cat then
page_in_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
end


--[[--------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.
]]
]]
local function kern_quotes (str)
local cap='';
local cap2='';
cap, cap2 = str:match ("^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not double single quotes
if is_set (cap) then
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
end
cap, cap2 = str:match ("^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$")
if is_set (cap) then
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
end
return str;
end
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.
|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
|script-title=ja : *** ***
|script-title=ja: *** ***
|script-title=ja :*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***
The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.
Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter=


local function deprecated_parameter (name)
TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
append_error ('deprecated_params', {name});
TODO: match longer codes supported by mw.language:
  ISO639-2 primary language such as 'bod', 'lzh', 'nan', 'nap', 'nds', 'vec' , 'yue',
  or with ISO 15924 script suffix such as 'zh-hans', 'zh-hant',
  or with ISO3166-1 or UN M.49 region code such as 'es-409', 'nds-nl', 'pt-br', 'zh-cn', 'zh-sg', 'zh-tw',
  or with wikimedia-specific non-standard extlang such as 'map-bms', 'min-nan', 'roa-rup',
  or with wikimedia-specific non-standard dialectal variant suffix such as 'de-formal', 'nl-informal',
  or other legacy wikimedia-specific non-standard codes such as 'simple', 'sr-ec', 'sr-el'.
]]
local function format_script_value (script_value)
local lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
if not is_set(lang) then -- if first non-space characters are language prefix
return script_value; -- script_value has no prefix so return it
end
local name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "en" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
if not is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
return script_value; -- script_value has unsupported prefix  so return it
end
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
if in_array (lang, { -- is prefix one of these language codes?
'ab', 'am', 'ar', 'as', 'bg', 'bn', 'bs', 'dv', 'el', 'fa', 'gu', 'he', 'hi', 'hy', 'ja',
'ka', 'kk', 'kn', 'ko', 'ku', 'lo', 'mk', 'ml', 'mn', 'mr', 'my', 'ne', 'or', 'pa', 'ps',
'ru', 'sa', 'sd', 'sr', 'ta', 'te', 'th', 'ti', 'uk', 'ug', 'ur', 'yi', 'zh'
}) then
add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang});
else
add_prop_cat ('script');
end
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert language prefix into a lang attribute
return substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl
end
end


--[[--------------------------< D I S C A R D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------


Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
]]
]]


local function discard_parameter (name, label, new_value)
local function script_concatenate (title, script)
if is_set (name) then
if is_set (script) then
append_error ('parameter_discarded', label);
script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
if is_set (script) then
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
end
end
end
return new_value;
return title;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S A N I T I Z E D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------


This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------
of allowable values (e.g. yes, y, true, no, etc). If the parameter value is empty or is in the list of allowed values,
 
the function returns the value; else, it emits an error message and returns the default value.
Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
configuration taking one argument. Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates. Additional text taken
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().


]]
]]


local function sanitized_parameter_value (value, name, key, default)
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
if not is_set (value) then
if not is_set( str ) then
return value; -- an empty parameter is ok
return "";
elseif in_array (value:lower(), cfg.keywords[key]) then
end
return value;
if true == lower then
local msg;
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before
str = substitute( msg, {str} ); -- including template text
return str;
else
else
append_error ('invalid_param_val', {name, value}); -- not an allowed value so add error message
return substitute( cfg.messages[key], {str} );
return default;
end
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A R A M E T E R _ C H E C K >------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ O N E >----------------------------------------------------------
 
Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider
Generates an error if more than one match is present.


]]
]]


local function extra_text_in_parameter_check (value, type)
local function select_one( args, possible, error_condition, index )
local value = nil;
local selected = '';
local error_list = {};
if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end
local good_patterns = cfg.extra_text_pattern[type]['good'];
-- Handle special case of "#" replaced by empty string
local bad_patterns = cfg.extra_text_pattern[type]['bad'];
if index == '1' then
for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
v = v:gsub( "#", "" );
if is_set(args[v]) then
if value ~= nil and selected ~= v then
table.insert( error_list, v );
else
value = args[v];
selected = v;
end
end
end
end
for _, pattern in pairs (good_patterns) do
for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
if value:match (pattern) then
if index ~= nil then
return;
v = v:gsub( "#", index );
end
if is_set(args[v]) then
if value ~= nil and selected ~=  v then
table.insert( error_list, v );
else
value = args[v];
selected = v;
end
end
end
end
end
for _, pattern in pairs (bad_patterns) do
if #error_list > 0 then
if value:match (pattern) then
local error_str = "";
add_maint_cat ('extra_text', type);
for _, k in ipairs( error_list ) do
return;
if error_str ~= "" then error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-separator'] end
error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', k);
end
end
if #error_list > 1 then
error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-final-separator'];
else
error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-pair-separator'];
end
error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', selected);
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( error_condition, {error_str}, true ) } );
end
end
return value, selected;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E _ D A T E >-------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------


Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
we get the date used in the metadata.
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).


Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
]]
]]


local function validate_date (AccessDate, ArchiveDate, Date, DoiBroken, Embargo, LayDate, PublicationDate, Year, COinS_date, origin)
local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source)
local error_message = '';
local chapter_error = '';
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
anchor_year, error_message = dates ({['access-date']=AccessDate, ['archive-date']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi-broken-date']=DoiBroken,
if not is_set (chapter) then
['embargo']=Embargo, ['lay-date']=LayDate, ['publication-date']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year}, COinS_date);
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
else
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
end
 
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped


if is_set (Year) then
if is_set (transchapter) then
if is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;  
transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
if is_set (chapter) then
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
chapter = chapter ..  ' ' .. transchapter;
append_error ('date_year_mismatch', {origin});
else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
chapter = transchapter; --  
add_maint_cat ('date_year');
chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'});
end
end
end
anchor_year = Year; -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
end
end


if is_set (error_message) then
if is_set (chapterurl) then
append_error ('bad_date', {error_message}); -- add this error message
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
end
end
return anchor_year;
 
return chapter .. chapter_error;
end
 
 
--[[
Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument
mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names
can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
]]
 
local function argument_wrapper( args )
local origin = {};
return setmetatable({
ORIGIN = function( self, k )
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
return origin[k];
end
},
{
__index = function ( tbl, k )
if origin[k] ~= nil then
return nil;
end
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
if type( list ) == 'table' then
v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
if origin[k] == nil then
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
end
elseif list ~= nil then
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
else
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
end
-- Empty strings, not nil;
if v == nil then
v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
origin[k] = '';
end
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
return v;
end,
});
end
end


--[[--------------------------< D I S C A R D _ C H A P T E R >-------------------------------------------------------
--[[
仅为保持兼容性而设置。理论上可以直接调用discard_parameter()丢弃相关参数。
Looks for a parameter's name in the whitelist.
 
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
true - active, supported parameters
false - deprecated, supported parameters
nil - unsupported parameters
]]
]]
local function validate( name )
local name = tostring( name );
local state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ];
local function discard_chapter (args)
-- Normal arguments
local chap_param;
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if is_set (args['Chapter']) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
if false == state then
chap_param = args:ORIGIN ('Chapter');
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
elseif is_set (args['TransChapter']) then
return true;
chap_param = args:ORIGIN ('TransChapter');
elseif is_set (args['ChapterURL']) then
chap_param = args:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL');
elseif is_set (args['ScriptChapter']) then
chap_param = args:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter')
elseif is_set (args['ChapterFormat']) then
chap_param = args:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
elseif is_set (args['ChapterUrlAccess']) then
chap_param = args:ORIGIN ('ChapterUrlAccess')
end
end
if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
append_error ('chapter_ignored', {chap_param}); -- add error message
-- Arguments with numbers in them
name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ];
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
end
return false; -- Not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end
end


--[[--------------------------< C R E A T E _ U R L _ O B J E C T >------------------------------------------
 
-- Formats a wiki style internal link
local function internal_link_id(options)
return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[[%s%s%s|%s]]',
options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
options.prefix, options.id, options.suffix or "",
mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
);
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------
 
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.  When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
 
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.


]]
]]


local function create_url_object (url, source, fmt, fmt_source, access, access_source)
local function nowrap_date (date)
return {
local cap='';
['url'] = is_set (url) and url or '',
local cap2='';
['origin'] = is_set (source) and source or '',
 
['access'] = is_set (access) and sanitized_parameter_value (access, access_source, 'url-access', '') or '',
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
['access-origin'] = is_set (access_source) and access_source or '',
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
['format'] = is_set (fmt) and fmt or '',
['format-origin'] = is_set (fmt_source) and fmt_source or '',
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s*%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s*%d%d%d%d$") then
['access-text'] = ''
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
}
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
end
return date;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N >-----------------------------------------------------


This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all isbn/issn digits including the check digit. ISBN-13 is checked in check_isbn().
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, issbn/issn must be checked for length and stripped of dashes,
spaces and other non-isxn characters.


]]
]]


local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
local function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len)
if is_set (title_type) then
local temp = 0;
if 'none' == title_type then
isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9'  → 0x39, 'X' → 0x58
title_type = ''; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
len = len+1; -- adjust to be a loop counter
for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do -- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum
if v == string.byte( "X" ) then -- if checkdigit is X (compares the byte value of 'X' which is 0x58)
temp = temp + 10*( len - i ); -- it represents 10 decimal
else
temp = temp + tonumber( string.char(v) )*(len-i);
end
end
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
end
end
return temp % 11 == 0; -- returns true if calculation result is zero
end


return cfg.title_types[cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
 
--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N  _ 1 3 >----------------------------------------------
 
ISBN-13 and ISMN validator code calculates checksum across all 13 isbn/ismn digits including the check digit.
If the number is valid, the result will be 0. Before calling this function, isbn-13/ismn must be checked for length
and stripped of dashes, spaces and other non-isxn-13 characters.
 
]]
 
local function is_valid_isxn_13 (isxn_str)
local temp=0;
isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, 13) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9' → 0x39
for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do
temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber( string.char(v) ); -- multiply odd index digits by 1, even index digits by 3 and sum; includes check digit
end
return temp % 10 == 0; -- sum modulo 10 is zero when isbn-13/ismn is correct
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ N O _ T R A C K I N G _ C A T S >-----------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ I S B N >------------------------------------------------------------


check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
Determines whether an ISBN string is valid


]]
]]


local function set_no_tracking_cats (no_tracking, no_tracking_source, this_page)
local function check_isbn( isbn_str )
local no_tracking_cats = sanitized_parameter_value (no_tracking, no_tracking_source, 'yes_true_y', nil);
if nil ~= isbn_str:match("[^%s-0-9X]") then return false; end -- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X
if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
isbn_str = isbn_str:gsub( "-", "" ):gsub( " ", "" ); -- remove hyphens and spaces
if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
local len = isbn_str:len();
return true; -- set no_tracking_cats
end
if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then
for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
return true; -- set no_tracking_cats; bail out if one is found
end
end
return false;
return false;
end
if len == 10 then
if isbn_str:match( "^%d*X?$" ) == nil then return false; end
return is_valid_isxn(isbn_str, 10);
else
else
return true;
local temp = 0;
if isbn_str:match( "^97[89]%d*$" ) == nil then return false; end -- isbn13 begins with 978 or 979; ismn begins with 979
return is_valid_isxn_13 (isbn_str);
end
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ I S M N >------------------------------------------------------------


Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
Determines whether an ISMN string is valid.  Similar to isbn-13, ismn is 13 digits begining 979-0-... and uses the
same check digit calculations.  See http://www.ismn-international.org/download/Web_ISMN_Users_Manual_2008-6.pdf
section 2, pages 9–12.


]]
]]


local function set_cs1_style (ps)
local function ismn (id)
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISMN'];
ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period
local text;
local valid_ismn = true;
 
id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" ); -- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the ismn
 
if 13 ~= id:len() or id:match( "^9790%d*$" ) == nil then -- ismn must be 13 digits and begin 9790
valid_ismn = false;
else
valid_ismn=is_valid_isxn_13 (id); -- validate ismn
end
end
return '.', ps; -- separator is a full stop
 
-- text = internal_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, -- use this (or external version) when there is some place to link to
-- prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]" .. handler.separator .. id; -- because no place to link to yet
 
if false == valid_ismn then
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ismn' ) -- add an error message if the issn is invalid
end
return text;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< I S S N >----------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Validate and format an issn.  This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but has separated the two groups of four
digits with a space.  When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked like this:


Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings
|issn=0819 4327 gives: [http://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327]  -- can't have spaces in an external link
This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the issn midpoint.  It also validates the issn for length and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees
with the calculated value. Incorrect length (8 digits), characters other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check issn
error message.  The issn is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the issn was given as a single group of 8 digits.


]]
]]


local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
local function issn(id)
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
local issn_copy = id; -- save a copy of unadulterated issn; use this version for display if issn does not validate
ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISSN'];
local text;
local valid_issn = true;
 
id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" ); -- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the issn
 
if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match( "^%d*X?$" ) then -- validate the issn: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position
valid_issn=false; -- wrong length or improper character
else
valid_issn=is_valid_isxn(id, 8); -- validate issn
end
end
if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
 
ref = 'harv'; -- set default |ref=harv
if true == valid_issn then
id = string.sub( id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub( id, 5 ); -- if valid, display correctly formatted version
else
id = issn_copy; -- if not valid, use the show the invalid issn with error message
end
end
return ',', ps, ref; -- separator is a comma
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
if false == valid_issn then
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_issn' ) -- add an error message if the issn is invalid
end
return text
end
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------
--[[--------------------------< A M A Z O N >------------------------------------------------------------------


When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
Formats a link to Amazon.  Do simple error checking: asin must be mix of 10 numeric or uppercase alpha
rendered style.
characters.  If a mix, first character must be uppercase alpha; if all numeric, asins must be 10-digit
isbn. If 10-digit isbn, add a maintenance category so a bot or awb script can replace |asin= with |isbn=.
Error message if not 10 characters, if not isbn10, if mixed and first character is a digit.


]]
]]


local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
local function amazon(id, domain)
local sep;
local err_cat = ""
if (cite_class == 'citation') then -- for citation templates (CS2)
 
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
if not id:match("^[%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u]$") then
else -- not a citation template so CS1
err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin is not a mix of 10 uppercase alpha and numeric characters
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
else
if id:match("^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$") then -- if 10-digit numeric (or 9 digits with terminal X)
if check_isbn( id ) then -- see if asin value is isbn10
add_maint_cat ('ASIN');
elseif not is_set (err_cat) then
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin is not isbn10
end
elseif not id:match("^%u[%d%u]+$") then
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin doesn't begin with uppercase alpha
end
end
if not is_set(domain) then
domain = "com";
elseif in_array (domain, {'jp', 'uk'}) then -- Japan, United Kingdom
domain = "co." .. domain;
elseif in_array (domain, {'au', 'br', 'mx'}) then -- Australia, Brazil, Mexico
domain = "com." .. domain;
end
end
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ASIN'];
return external_link_id({link=handler.link,
label=handler.label, prefix=handler.prefix .. domain .. "/dp/",
id=id, encode=handler.encode, separator = handler.separator}) .. err_cat;
end


return sep, ps, ref -- return them all
--[[--------------------------< A R X I V >--------------------------------------------------------------------
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------
See: http://arxiv.org/help/arxiv_identifier


Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation.  Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
format and error check arXiv identifier.  There are three valid forms of the identifier:
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.
the first form, valid only between date codes 9108 and 0703 is:
arXiv:<archive>.<class>/<date code><number><version>
where:
<archive> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
<class> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
first digit of YY for this form can only 9 and 0
<number> is a three-digit number
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces (undocumented)
the second form, valid from April 2007 through December 2014 is:
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
<number> is a four-digit number
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces


the third form, valid from January 2015 is:
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
<date code> and <version> are as defined for 0704-1412
<number> is a five-digit number
]]
]]


local function set_style (mode, mode_source, ps, ref, quote, cite_class)
local function arxiv (id, class)
local sep;
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ARXIV'];
mode = sanitized_parameter_value (mode, mode_source, 'mode', ''):lower();
local year, month, version;
if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
local err_cat = '';
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
local text;
elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
if id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 9108-0703 format w/ & w/o version
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2
year, month = id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/([90]%d)([01]%d)%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
year = tonumber(year);
month = tonumber(month);
if ((not (90 < year or 8 > year)) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- if invalid year or invalid month
((91 == year and 7 > month) or (7 == year and 3 < month)) then -- if years ok, are starting and ending months ok?
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
end
elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 0704-1412 w/ & w/o version
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
year = tonumber(year);
month = tonumber(month);
if ((7 > year) or (14 < year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
((7 == year) and (4 > month)) then --or -- when year is 07, is month invalid (before April)?
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
end
elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 1501- format w/ & w/o version
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
year = tonumber(year);
month = tonumber(month);
if ((15 > year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) then -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
end
else
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- arXiv id doesn't match any format
end
end
if 'none' == ps:lower() or is_set (quote) then -- if assigned value is 'none' then set it to empty string
 
ps = ''; -- also cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
 
if is_set (class) then
class = ' [[' .. '//arxiv.org/archive/' .. class .. ' ' .. class .. ']]'; -- external link within square brackets, not wikilink
else
class = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
end
return sep, ps, ref
return text .. class;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S W A P _ U R L S >--------------------------------------------------------------
--[[
lccn normalization (http://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization)
1. Remove all blanks.
2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash.
3. If there is a hyphen in the string:
a. Remove it.
b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out):
1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function)
2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six.


Returns a normalized lccn for lccn() to validate.  There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function.
]]
]]


local function swap_urls (url_object, chapter_url_object, archive_url_object, dead_url)
local function normalize_lccn (lccn)
local original_url_object = create_url_object ();
lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", ""); -- 1. strip whitespace
local is_dead = in_array (dead_url, cfg.keywords['deadurl-live']); -- used later when assembling archived text
 
if nil ~= string.find (lccn,'/') then
lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/"); -- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it
end
 
local prefix
local suffix
prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)"); -- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix
 
if nil ~= suffix then -- if there was a hyphen
suffix=string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix; -- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6
lccn=prefix..suffix; -- reassemble the lccn
end
if is_set (archive_url_object['url']) then
return lccn;
if is_set (url_object['url']) then
original_url_object = url_object;
if not is_dead then
url_object = archive_url_object;
end
elseif is_set (chapter_url_object['url']) then -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
original_url_object = chapter_url_object;
if not is_dead then
chapter_url_object = archive_url_object;
end
end
end
end
return original_url_object, url_object, chapter_url_object;
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ U R L _ A C C E S S _ T E X T >---------------------------------------
--[[
Format LCCN link and do simple error checking. LCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the
rightmost eight are always digits. http://info-uri.info/registry/OAIHandler?verb=GetRecord&metadataPrefix=reg&identifier=info:lccn/


从x-url-access系列参数生成相应的图标;兼容既有registration, subscription参数,优先级x-url-access > subscription > registration。
length = 8 then all digits
length = 9 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha
length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 11 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha


]]
]]


local function format_url_access_text (url_object, subscription_required, registration_required)
local function lccn(lccn)
local access_text = '';
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['LCCN'];
local redundant = false;
local err_cat = ''; -- presume that LCCN is valid
local access = url_object['access'];
local id = lccn; -- local copy of the lccn
local reg = false;
 
local sub = false;
id = normalize_lccn (id); -- get canonical form (no whitespace, hyphens, forward slashes)
if is_set (access) then
local len = id:len(); -- get the length of the lccn
if (access == 'limited') then
 
access_text = cfg.presentation['limited']; -- 有限度免费访问
if 8 == len then
elseif (access == 'registration') then
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits)
access_text = cfg.presentation['registration']; -- 需要免费注册
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
reg = true;
elseif (access == 'subscription') then
access_text = cfg.presentation['subscription']; -- 需要付费订阅
sub = true;
else
access_text = '';
end
end
if is_set (subscription_required) or is_set (registration_required) then
elseif 9 == len then -- LCCN should be adddddddd
redundant = true;
if nil == id:match("%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- does it match our pattern?
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
end
end
else
elseif 10 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd
if is_set (subscription_required) then
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ...
access_text = cfg.presentation['subscription']; -- 需要免费注册
if nil == id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- ... see if it matches our pattern
sub = true;
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
if is_set (registration_required) then
redundant = true;
end
end
elseif is_set (registration_required) then
access_text = cfg.presentation['registration']; -- 需要付费订阅
reg = true
else
access_text = '';
end
end
elseif 11 == len then -- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd
if not (id:match("^%l%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then -- see if it matches one of our patterns
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
elseif 12 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddddd
if not id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- see if it matches our pattern
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
else
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- wrong length, set an error message
end
end
if is_set (url_object ['url']) then
 
url_object['access-text'] = access_text;
if not is_set (err_cat) and nil ~= lccn:find ('%s') then
if sub then
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- lccn contains a space, set an error message
add_maint_cat ('subscription');
end
elseif reg then
 
add_maint_cat ('registration');
return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=lccn,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end
 
--[[
Format PMID and do simple error checking.  PMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMID to see that it
contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued.
]]
 
local function pmid(id)
local test_limit = 35400000; -- update this value as PMIDs approach
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMID'];
local err_cat = ''; -- presume that PMID is valid
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMID has anything but digits
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
else -- PMID is only digits
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
end
end
else
-- 预留报错
end
end
return redundant;
return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end
end


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< I S _ E M B A R G O E D >------------------------------------------------------


returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |embargo= against today's date.  If embargo date is
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.
in the future, returns the content of |embargo=; otherwise, returns and empty string because the embargo has expired or because
|embargo= was not set in this cite.


]]
]]
local function is_embargoed (embargo)
if is_set (embargo) then
local lang = mw.getContentLanguage();
local good1, embargo_date, good2, todays_date;
good1, embargo_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo );
good2, todays_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U' );
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
if good1 and good2 then -- if embargo date and today's date are good dates
if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then
if tonumber( embargo_date ) >= tonumber( todays_date ) then -- is embargo date is in the future?
return '';
return embargo; -- still embargoed
else
add_maint_cat ('embargo')
return ''; -- unset because embargo has expired
end
end
end
end
return ''; -- |embargo= not set return empty string
end
--[[--------------------------< P M C >------------------------------------------------------------------------
Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles.
The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future the PMC identifier will not
be linked to the article.  If the embargo date is today or in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then the
PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix.
PMC embargo date testing is done in function is_embargoed () which is called earlier because when the citation
has |pmc=<value> but does not have a |url= then |title= is linked with the PMC link.  Function is_embargoed ()
returns the embargo date if the PMC article is still embargoed, otherwise it returns an empty string.
PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less
than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued.
]]
local function pmc(id, embargo)
local test_limit = 8700000; -- update this value as PMCs approach
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'];
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that PMC is valid
if 'magazine' == cite_class or (cite_class =='map' and 'magazine' == origin) then
local text;
if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then
 
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMC has anything but digits
elseif is_set (volume) then
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
else -- PMC is only digits
else
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
end
end
end
end
local vol = '';
if is_set (embargo) then -- is PMC is still embargoed?
text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. handler.separator .. id .. err_cat; -- still embargoed so no external link
if is_set (volume) then
else
if (6 < mw.ustring.len (volume)) then
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, -- no embargo date or embargo has expired, ok to link to article
vol = wrap_msg ('j-vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end
return text;
end
 
-- Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors.
 
-- DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.
--  Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code
--  Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant
 
-- This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffix.  If the doi name contains spaces or endashes,
-- or, if it ends with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message.
 
-- DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash,
-- and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in doi names.
 
local function doi(id, inactive)
local cat = ""
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'];
local text;
if is_set(inactive) then
local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d") or ''; -- try to get the year portion from the inactive date
text = "[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. id;
if is_set(inactive_year) then
table.insert( z.error_categories, "Pages with DOIs inactive since " .. inactive_year );
else
else
vol = wrap_style ('vol-bold', hyphen_to_dash (volume));
table.insert( z.error_categories, "Pages with inactive DOIs" ); -- when inactive doesn't contain a recognizable year
end
end
inactive = " (" .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. " " .. inactive .. ")"
else
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
inactive = ""
end
end
if is_set (issue) then
 
return vol .. wrap_msg ('j-issue', issue, lower);
if nil == id:match("^10%.[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then -- doi must begin with '10.', must contain a fwd slash, must not contain spaces or endashes, and must not end with period or comma
cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_doi' );
end
end
return vol;
return text .. inactive .. cat
end
end


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ I N S O U R C E _ L O C A T I O N >----------------------------------
-- Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors.
local function openlibrary(id)
local code = id:match("^%d+([AMW])$"); -- only digits followed by 'A', 'M', or 'W'
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['OL'];


Build insource_location meta-parameter from |page(s)= , |sheet(s)= , |at= and other relevant parameters.
if ( code == "A" ) then
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix .. 'authors/OL',
id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})
elseif ( code == "M" ) then
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix .. 'books/OL',
id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})
elseif ( code == "W" ) then
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix .. 'works/OL',
id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})
else
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix .. 'OL',
id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}) .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ol' );
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< M E S S A G E _ I D >----------------------------------------------------------
 
Validate and format a usenet message id.  Simple error checking, looks for 'id-left@id-right' not enclosed in
'<' and/or '>' angle brackets.


]]
]]


local function format_insource_location (page, pages, sheet, sheets, at, minutes, time, time_caption, section, sections, inset, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
local function message_id (id)
local text = '';
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['USENETID'];
 
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
if not id:match('^.+@.+$') or not id:match('^[^<].*[^>]$')then -- doesn't have '@' or has one or first or last character is '< or '>'
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_message_id' ) -- add an error message if the message id is invalid
end
if is_set (sheet) then
return text
if 'journal' == origin then
end
text = wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower);
 
else
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------
text = wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower);
 
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
 
]]
 
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
if is_set(title_type) then
if "none" == title_type then
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
end
end
elseif is_set (sheets) then
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
if 'journal' == origin then
end
text = wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
 
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
end
 
--[[--------------------------< C L E A N _ I S B N >----------------------------------------------------------
 
Removes irrelevant text and dashes from ISBN number
Similar to that used for Special:BookSources
 
]]
 
local function clean_isbn( isbn_str )
return isbn_str:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" );
end
 
--[[--------------------------< E S C A P E _ L U A _ M A G I C _ C H A R S >----------------------------------
 
Returns a string where all of lua's magic characters have been escaped.  This is important because functions like
string.gsub() treat their pattern and replace strings as patterns, not literal strings.
]]
local function escape_lua_magic_chars (argument)
argument = argument:gsub("%%", "%%%%"); -- replace % with %%
argument = argument:gsub("([%^%$%(%)%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])", "%%%1"); -- replace all other lua magic pattern characters
return argument;
end
 
--[[--------------------------< S T R I P _ A P O S T R O P H E _ M A R K U P >--------------------------------
 
Strip wiki italic and bold markup from argument so that it doesn't contaminate COinS metadata.
This function strips common patterns of apostrophe markup.  We presume that editors who have taken the time to
markup a title have, as a result, provided valid markup. When they don't, some single apostrophes are left behind.
 
]]
 
local function strip_apostrophe_markup (argument)
if not is_set (argument) then return argument; end
 
while true do
if argument:match ("%'%'%'%'%'") then -- bold italic (5)
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'%'", ""); -- remove all instances of it
elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'%'") then -- italic start and end without content (4)
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'", "");
elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'") then -- bold (3)
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'", "");
elseif argument:match ("%'%'") then -- italic (2)
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'", "");
else
else
text = wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
break;
end
end
end
end
return argument; -- done
end
--[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ T I T L E >----------------------------------------------
Makes a title for COinS from Title and / or ScriptTitle (or any other name-script pairs)
Apostrophe markup (bold, italics) is stripped from each value so that the COinS metadata isn't correupted with strings
of %27%27...
]]
local function make_coins_title (title, script)
if is_set (title) then
title = strip_apostrophe_markup (title); -- strip any apostrophe markup
else
title=''; -- if not set, make sure title is an empty string
end
if is_set (script) then
script = script:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- remove language prefix if present (script value may now be empty string)
script = strip_apostrophe_markup (script); -- strip any apostrophe markup
else
script=''; -- if not set, make sure script is an empty string
end
if is_set (title) and is_set (script) then
script = ' ' .. script; -- add a space before we concatenate
end
return title .. script; -- return the concatenation
end
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ C O I N S _ P A G E S >------------------------------------------------


local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (cite_class == 'map' and 'journal' == origin);
Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS.
if is_set (page) then
 
if is_journal then
]]
text = wrap_msg ('j-page(s)', page, lower);
 
elseif not is_set (nopp) then
local function get_coins_pages (pages)
text = wrap_msg ('p-prefix', {sepc, page}, lower);
local pattern;
else
if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end -- if no page numbers then we're done
text = wrap_msg ('nopp', {sepc, page}, lower);
end
while true do
elseif is_set (pages) then
pattern = pages:match("%[(%w*:?//[^ ]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]"); -- pattern is the opening bracket, the url and following space(s): "[url "
if is_journal then
if nil == pattern then break; end -- no more urls
text = wrap_msg ('j-page(s)', pages, lower);
pattern = escape_lua_magic_chars (pattern); -- pattern is not a literal string; escape lua's magic pattern characters
elseif tonumber (pages) ~= nil and not is_set (nopp) then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
pages = pages:gsub(pattern, ""); -- remove as many instances of pattern as possible
text = wrap_msg ('p-prefix', {sepc, pages}, lower);
elseif not is_set (nopp) then
text = wrap_msg ('pp-prefix', {sepc, pages}, lower);
else
text = wrap_msg ('nopp', {sepc, pages}, lower);
end
end
end
pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", ""); -- remove the brackets
pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" ); -- replace endashes with hyphens
pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" ); -- and replace html entities (&ndash; etc.) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like &#32; and the like?
return pages;
end
-- Gets the display text for a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B
local function remove_wiki_link( str )
return (str:gsub( "%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]", function(l)
return l:gsub( "^[^|]*|(.*)$", "%1" ):gsub("^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1");
end));
end
-- Converts a hyphen to a dash
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
return str;
end
return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
end
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
]]
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
--[[
Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
if is_set (minutes) then
This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as
text = pend_separator (wrap_msg ('minutes', minutes, lower), sepc, true) .. text;
long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII.  The strings
else
in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
if is_set (time) then
]]
if not is_set (time_caption) then
text = pend_separator (wrap_msg ('event', time, lower), sepc, true) .. text;
local str = ''; -- the output string
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
local end_chr = '';
local trim;
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
if value == nil then value = ''; end
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
elseif value ~= '' then
if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
else
else
text = pend_separator (time_caption .. ' ' .. time .. text, sepc, true);
comp = value;
end
end
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
--  Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th
--  preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
trim = false;
end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff?
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
str = str:sub(1,-2); -- remove it
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
trim = true; -- same question
end
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
trim = true;
elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
trim = true;
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
trim = true;
end
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
str = str:sub(1,-3); -- remove them both
end
end
if trim then
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
else
value = value:sub( 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
end
end
end
str = str .. value; --add it to the output string
end
end
end
end
return str;
text = text .. pend_separator (at, sepc, true);
end 
text = text .. pend_separator (wrap_msg ('inset', inset, lower), sepc, true);
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------
if is_set (sections) then
 
text = text .. pend_separator (wrap_msg ('sections', sections, lower), sepc, true);
For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
elseif is_set (section) then
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
text = text .. pend_separator (wrap_msg ('section', section, lower), sepc, true);
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.
 
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F
 
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
 
At the time of this writing, I had to write the 'if nil == mw.ustring.find ...' test ouside of the code editor and paste it here
because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.
 
]]
 
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]*$") then
add_vanc_error ();
return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver required Romanization
end;
return true;
end
 
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
 
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc. 
 
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
 
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  This form is not
currently supported by this code so correctly formed names like Smith JL 2nd are converted to Smith J2. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
 
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
 
]]
 
local function reduce_to_initials(first)
if mw.ustring.match(first, "^%u%u$") then return first end; -- when first contains just two upper-case letters, nothing to do
local initials = {}
local i = 0; -- counter for number of initials
for word in mw.ustring.gmatch(first, "[^%s%.%-]+") do -- names separated by spaces, hyphens, or periods
table.insert(initials, mw.ustring.sub(word,1,1)) -- Vancouver format does not include full stops.
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
if 2 <= i then break; end -- only two initials allowed in Vancouver system; if 2, quit
end
end
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
return text;
end
end


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P U B L I S H E R >------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------
 
Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)


]]
]]


local function format_publisher (publisher_name, publication_place, periodical, cite_class, sepc)
local function list_people(control, people, etal)
local publisher = '';
local sep;
local namesep;
local format = control.format
local maximum = control.maximum
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
local text = {}
 
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma
namesep = ' '; -- last/first separator is a space
else
sep = ';' -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
end
if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
if is_set (publisher_name) then
for i,person in ipairs(people) do
if is_set (publication_place) then
if is_set(person.last) then
publisher = publication_place .. ': ' .. publisher_name;
local mask = person.mask
else
local one
publisher = publisher_name;
local sep_one = sep;
if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
etal = true;
break;
elseif (mask ~= nil) then
local n = tonumber(mask)
if (n ~= nil) then
one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
else
one = mask;
sep_one = " ";
end
else
one = person.last
local first = person.first
if is_set(first) then
if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
end
end
one = one .. namesep .. first
end
if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]" -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
end
 
if is_set(person.link) and ((nil ~= person.link:find("//")) or (nil ~= person.link:find("[%[%]]"))) then
one = one .. " " .. set_error( 'bad_authorlink' ) end -- url or wikilink in author link;
end
table.insert( text, one )
table.insert( text, sep_one )
end
end
 
local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
if count > 0 then
if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
end
end
elseif is_set (publication_place) then
text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator
publisher = publication_place;
end
end
if is_set (publisher) then
local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
if is_set (periodical) and
if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
not in_array (cite_class, {'encyclopaedia', 'web', 'pressrelease', 'podcast'}) then
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al.
publisher = ' (' .. publisher .. ')';
else
publisher = pend_separator (publisher, sepc, true);
end
end
end
return publisher;
return result, count
end
end


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ L I N K >-------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------


Format an external link that may or may not be raw.
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise returns an empty string.


]]
]]


local function format_external_link (text, url_object, sepc)
local function anchor_id( options )
if is_set (text) then
local id = table.concat( options ); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
if is_set (url_object['url']) then
if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
text = make_external_link (url_object['url'], text, url_object['origin']);
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
end
else
text = pend_separator (text .. url_object['format'], sepc, true);
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
elseif is_set (url_object['url']) then
text = make_external_link (url_object['url'], nil, url_object['origin']);
end
end
return text;
end
end


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ C O N F E R E N C E >----------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------
 
Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al.  If found,
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.
 
This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by
previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal


]]
]]


local function format_conference (conference, conference_url_object, periodical, cite_class, sepc)
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat)
local conf_text = format_external_link (conference, conference_url_object, sepc);
 
if 'speech' == cite_class and is_set (periodical) then
if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
-- if cite speech, periodical (perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter) is set;
local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[Ee][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme
conf_text = pend_separator (conf_text, sepc, false); -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the conference variable if set.
local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers"; -- and alternate to et al.
if name:match (etal_pattern) then -- variants on et al.
name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
elseif name:match (others_pattern) then -- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'?
name = name:gsub (others_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
end
end
end
return conf_text;
return name, etal; --
end
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
Gets name list from the input arguments
 
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.
 
This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.


Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps 'et al.' out of the
template's metadata.  When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.


]]
]]


local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapter_url_object, no_quotes, cite_class, title_type, sepc)
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
local chapter_error = '';
local names = {}; -- table of names
local last; -- individual name components
local first;
local link;
local mask;
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
 
local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary
while true do
last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
 
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
 
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
end
else -- we have last with or without a first
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
end
if not is_set (chapter) then
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
end
else
 
if false == no_quotes then
-- Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
local function extract_ids( args )
chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
local id_list = {};
end
for k, v in pairs( cfg.id_handlers ) do
v = select_one( args, v.parameters, 'redundant_parameters' );
if is_set(v) then id_list[k] = v; end
end
end
return id_list;
end


chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
--[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ I D _ L I S T >--------------------------------------------------------
 
Takes a table of IDs and turns it into a table of formatted ID outputs.
 
]]
 
local function build_id_list( id_list, options )
local new_list, handler = {};


if is_set (transchapter) then
function fallback(k) return { __index = function(t,i) return cfg.id_handlers[k][i] end } end;
transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
if is_set (chapter) then
for k, v in pairs( id_list ) do
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter;
-- fallback to read-only cfg
else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
handler = setmetatable( { ['id'] = v }, fallback(k) );
chapter = transchapter;
chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'});
if handler.mode == 'external' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, external_link_id( handler ) } );
elseif handler.mode == 'internal' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, internal_link_id( handler ) } );
elseif handler.mode ~= 'manual' then
error( cfg.messages['unknown_ID_mode'] );
elseif k == 'DOI' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, doi( v, options.DoiBroken ) } );
elseif k == 'ARXIV' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, arxiv( v, options.Class ) } );
elseif k == 'ASIN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, amazon( v, options.ASINTLD ) } );
elseif k == 'LCCN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, lccn( v ) } );
elseif k == 'OL' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, openlibrary( v ) } );
elseif k == 'PMC' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmc( v, options.Embargo ) } );
elseif k == 'PMID' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmid( v ) } );
elseif k == 'ISMN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ismn( v ) } );
elseif k == 'ISSN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, issn( v ) } );
elseif k == 'ISBN' then
local ISBN = internal_link_id( handler );
if not check_isbn( v ) and not is_set(options.IgnoreISBN) then
ISBN = ISBN .. set_error( 'bad_isbn', {}, false, " ", "" );
end
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ISBN } );
elseif k == 'USENETID' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, message_id( v ) } );
else
error( cfg.messages['unknown_manual_ID'] );
end
end
end
end
if is_set (chapter_url_object['url']) then
chapter = make_external_link (chapter_url_object['url'], chapter, chapter_url_object['origin']) .. chapter_url_object['access-text'];
function comp( a, b ) -- used in following table.sort()
-- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
return a[1] < b[1];
end
end
chapter = chapter .. chapter_error;
if is_set (chapter) then
table.sort( new_list, comp );
if 'map' == cite_class and is_set (title_type) then
for k, v in ipairs( new_list ) do
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. title_type;
new_list[k] = v[2];
end
chapter = pend_separator (chapter .. chapter_url_object['format'], sepc,  false);
else -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
chapter = pend_separator (chapter_url_object['format'], sepc, false); -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
end
end
return chapter;
return new_list;
end
end
 


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ M A I N _ T I T L E >------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< C O I N S >--------------------------------------------------------------------


Format the five title parameters: |script-title=, |title=, |trans-title=, |title-link=, and |url= into a single Title meta-
COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse the citation information.
parameter (url_origin and title_link_origin used for error messages).


]]
]]


local function format_main_title (title, title_link, title_link_origin, script_title, trans_title, url_object, no_chapter_format, cite_class, periodical)
local function COinS(data, class)
if is_set (title_link) and is_set (title) then
if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then
title = make_internal_link (title_link, title, title_link_origin);
return '';
end
end
if no_chapter_format or
('map' == cite_class and is_set (periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
title = kern_quotes (title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', title);
title = script_concatenate (title, script_title); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004";
trans_title= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_title );
elseif 'report' == cite_class then -- no styling for cite report
-- treat table strictly as an array with only set values.
title = script_concatenate (title, script_title); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, {
trans_title= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_title ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
__newindex = function(self, key, value)
if is_set(value) then
rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( remove_wiki_link( value ) ) } );
end
end
});
if in_array (class, {'citation', 'conference', 'interview', 'press release'}) and is_set(data.Periodical) then
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal";
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article";
OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical;
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title;
elseif in_array (class, {'arxiv', 'journal', 'news'}) then
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal";
if 'arxiv' == class then
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "preprint"; -- cite arxiv
else
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article";
end
OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical;
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title;
else
else
title = wrap_style ('italic-title', title);
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
title = script_concatenate (title, script_title); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
if is_set (data.Chapter) then
trans_title = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_title);
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem";
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter;
else
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "book"
end
OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title;
end
end


local trans_error = '';
OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace;
if is_set (trans_title) then
OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date;
if is_set (title) then
OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series;
trans_title = ' ' .. trans_title;
OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume;
OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue;
OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages;
OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition;
OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName;
for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do
local id, value = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;
if k == 'ISBN' then value = clean_isbn( v ); else value = v; end
if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then
OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
else
else
trans_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'title'});
OCinSoutput[ id ] = value;
end
end
end
end
title = title .. trans_title;
local last, first;
for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do
if is_set (title) then
last, first = v.last, v.first;
if not is_set (title_link) and is_set (url_object['url']) then  
if k == 1 then -- for the first author name only
title = make_external_link (url_object['url'], title, url_object['origin']) .. url_object['access-text'] .. trans_error .. url_object['format'];
if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then -- set these COinS values if |first= and |last= specify the first author name
url_object = create_url_object ();
OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last;
else
OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first;
title = title .. trans_error;
elseif is_set(last) then
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last; -- otherwise use this form for the first name
end
else -- for all other authors
if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first };
elseif is_set(last) then
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last;
end
end
end
end
end
return title, url_object;
 
OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL;
OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage };
OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil );
-- sort with version string always first, and combine.
table.sort( OCinSoutput );
table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver );  -- such as "Z39.88-2004"
return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&");
end
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T  _ F O R M A T >--------------------------------------------------------


Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etcAlso emits an error message if the format parameter does
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------
not have a matching url parameterIf the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
 
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 codeHandles the special case that is Norwegian where
the appropriate styling.
ISO639-1 code 'no' is mapped to language name 'Norwegian Bokmål' by Extention:CLDR.
 
Returns the language name and associated ISO639-1 codeBecause case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that Wikimedia
uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along
with the code.  When there is no match, we return the original language name string.
 
mw.language.fetchLanguageNames() will return a list of languages that aren't part of ISO639-1. Names that aren't ISO639-1 but that are included
in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter.  For example, if |language=Samaritan Aramaic, that name will be
found with the associated code 'sam', not an ISO639-1 code.  When names are found and the associated code is not two characters, this function
returns only the Wikimedia language name.
 
Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.


]]
]]


local function format_format (args)
local function get_iso639_code (lang)
for _, url_object in pairs (args) do
if 'norwegian' == lang:lower() then -- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'no' at Extension:CLDR
if is_set (url_object['format']) then
return 'Norwegian', 'no'; -- Make sure rendered version is properly capitalized
url_object['format'] = wrap_style ('format', url_object['format']); -- add leading space, parenthases, resize
end
if not is_set (url_object['url']) then
url_object['format'] = url_object['format'] .. set_error ('format_missing_url', {url_object['format-origin'], url_object['origin']});
local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames('en', 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
-- add an error message
-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
end
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons
elseif is_set (url_object['url']) then
if url_object['url']:match ('%.pdf[%?#]?') or url_object['url']:match ('%.PDF[%?#]?') then
for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
-- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
url_object['format'] = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf
if 2 ~= code:len() then -- ISO639-1 codes only
return name; -- so return the name but not the code
end
end
return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the ISO639-1 code
end
end
end
end
return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for ISO639-1 code
end
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ A C C E S S D A T E >----------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------
 
Get language name from ISO639-1 code value provided.  If a code is valid use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.
 
There is an exception.  There are three ISO639-1 codes for Norewegian language variants.  There are two official variants: Norwegian Bokmål (code 'nb') and
Norwegian Nynorsk (code 'nn').  The third, code 'no',  is defined by ISO639-1 as 'Norwegian' though in Norway this is pretty much meaningless.  However, it appears
that on enwiki, editors are for the most part unaware of the nb and nn variants (compare page counts for these variants at Category:Articles with non-English-language external links.
 
Because Norwegian Bokmål is the most common language variant, Media wiki has been modified to return Norwegian Bokmål for ISO639-1 code 'no'. Here we undo that and
return 'Norwegian' when editors use |language=no.  We presume that editors don't know about the variants or can't descriminate between them.
 
See Help talk:Citation Style_1#An ISO 639-1 language name test
 
When |language= contains a valid ISO639-1 code, the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no) if
the page is a mainspace page and the ISO639-1 code is not 'en'.  Similarly, if the  parameter is |language=Norwegian, it will be categorized in the same way.
 
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas.


]]
]]


local function format_accessdate (accessdate, sepc, lower)
local function language_parameter (lang)
if is_set (accessdate) then -- first, wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
local code; -- the ISO639-1 two character code
if accessdate:match ('^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$') then
local name; -- the language name
accessdate = wrap_style ('nowrap1', accessdate); -- when accessdate is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
elseif accessdate:match('^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$') or accessdate:match ('^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$') then
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
local cap, cap2 = string.match (accessdate, '^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$');
 
accessdate = wrap_style ('nowrap2', {cap, cap2}); -- when accessdate is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
 
for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang
 
if 2 == lang:len() then -- ISO639-1 language code are 2 characters (fetchLanguageName also supports 3 character codes)
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), "en" ); -- get ISO 639-1 language name if Language is a proper code
end
if is_set (name) then -- if Language specified a valid ISO639-1 code
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
else
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
end
if is_set (code) then
if 'no' == code then name = 'Norwegian' end; -- override wikimedia when code is 'no'
if 'en' ~= code then -- English not the language
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source', {name, code})
end
else
add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
end
end
accessdate =  ' ' .. wrap_msg ('retrieved', accessdate, lower); -- add retrieved text
accessdate = wrap_style ('accessdate', {sepc, accessdate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
table.insert (language_list, name);
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
end
end
return accessdate;
code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list
if 2 >= code then
name = table.concat (language_list, ' and ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
elseif 2 < code then
language_list[code] = 'and ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>'
name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
end
if 'English' == name then
return ''; -- if one language and that language is English return an enpty string (no annotation)
end
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
end
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ I D >----------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
 
Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
 
]]
]]


local function format_id (id, docket, sepc, lower)
local function set_cs1_style (ps)
id = pend_separator (id, sepc, true);
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something
return pend_separator (wrap_msg ('docket', docket, lower), sepc, true) .. id;
ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period
end
return '.', ps; -- separator is a full stop
end
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ Q U O T E >----------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
 
Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings
 
]]
]]


local function format_quote (quote, sepc)
local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
if is_set (quote) then
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
if quote:sub (1, 1) == '"' and quote:sub (-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil
quote = quote:sub (2, -2); -- strip them off
end
end
if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
return pend_separator (wrap_style ('quoted-text', quote), sepc, true); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
end
end
return '';
return ',', ps, ref; -- separator is a comma
end
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ A R C H I V E >------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------
 
When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
rendered style.


]]
]]


local function format_archive (archive_url_object, original_url_object, archive_date, dead_url, sepc, lower)
local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
local archived = '';
local sep;
if is_set (archive_url_object['url']) then
if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2)
if not is_set (archive_date) then
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
archive_date = set_error ('archive_missing_date');
else -- not a citation template so CS1
end
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
if in_array (dead_url, cfg.keywords['deadurl-live']) then
end
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
 
if (lower) then arch_text = arch_text:lower(); end;
return sep, ps, ref -- return them all
archived = pend_separator (wrap_msg ('archived-not-dead', {make_external_link (archive_url_object['url'], arch_text, archive_url_object['origin']) .. archive_url_object['format'], archive_date }, lower), sepc, true);
end
if not is_set (original_url_object['url']) then
 
archived = archived .. ' ' .. set_error ('archive_missing_url');  
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------
end
 
elseif is_set (original_url_object['url']) then -- dead_url is not live, so it should be empty, dead or unfit
Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation. Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
if in_array (dead_url, cfg.keywords['deadurl-unfit']) then
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.
archived = pend_separator (wrap_msg('archived-unfit', archive_date, lower), sepc, true);
 
-- format already styled
]]
else -- dead_url is empty or dead
 
archived = pend_separator (wrap_msg ('archived-dead',
local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
{make_external_link (original_url_object['url'], cfg.messages['original'], original_url_object['origin']) .. original_url_object['access-text'] .. original_url_object['format'], archive_date }, lower), sepc, true);
local sep;
-- format already styled
if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
end
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
else
elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
archived = pend_separator (wrap_msg ('archived-missing',
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
{set_error ('archive_missing_url'), archive_date }, lower), sepc, true);
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2
end
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
elseif is_set (original_url_object['format']) then
end
archived = original_url_object['format']; -- if set and archive_url not set archive_format has error message
if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then
ps = ''; -- set to empty string
end
end
return archived;
return sep, ps, ref
end
 
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
applying the pdf icon to external links.
 
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extension, else false
 
]=]
 
local function is_pdf (url)
return url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]?') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]?');
end
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ L A Y >---------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------
 
Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
not have a matching url parameter.  If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.


]]
]]


local function format_lay (lay_url_object, lay_date, lay_source, sepc, lower)
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
local lay = '';
if is_set (format) then
if is_set (lay_url_object['url']) then
format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parenthases, resize
if is_set (lay_date) then lay_date = ' (' .. lay_date .. ')' end
if not is_set (url) then
if is_set (lay_source) then  
format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
lay_source = wrap_msg ('lay source', lay_source, lower);
else
lay_source = '';
end
end
local lay_sum = cfg.messages['lay summary'];
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
if lower then
format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf
lay_sum = lay_sum:lower();
else
end
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
lay = pend_separator (make_external_link (lay_url_object['url'], lay_sum, lay_url_object['origin']) .. lay_url_object['format'] .. lay_source .. lay_date, sepc, true);
else -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
lay = pend_separator (lay_url_object['format'], sepc, true); -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
end
end
return lay;
return format;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------
 
Returns a number that may or may not limit the length of the author or editor name lists.
 
When the value assigned to |display-authors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
some variant of the text 'et al.').
 
When the value assigned to |display-authors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.  This will cause the list_people() to display all of
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'
 
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
 
]]
]]


local function format_periodical (periodical, title, title_note, sepc)
local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal)
if is_set (periodical) then
if is_set (max) then
if is_set (title) or is_set (title_note) then  
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
return pend_separator (wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical), sepc, true);
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
else  
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
return wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical);
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
if max >= count and 'authors' == list_name then -- AUTHORS ONLY -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', list_name);
end
else -- not a valid keyword or number
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message
max = nil; -- unset
end
end
elseif 'authors' == list_name then -- AUTHORS ONLY need to clear implicit et al category
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1
end
end
return '';
return max, etal;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------


Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise returns an empty string.
Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp.
abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.


namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order.  year is Year or anchor_year.
check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit
bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP


]]
]]


local function anchor_id (namelist, year)
local function extra_text_in_page_check (page, nopp)
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
-- local good_pattern = '^P[^%.P%l]';
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
names[i] = v.last
-- local bad_pattern = '^[Pp][Pp]';
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';
 
if is_set (nopp) then -- don't bother checking if |nopp= is set
return;
end
end
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
 
local id = table.concat (names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or  page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then
if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
return 'CITEREF' .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
else
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
end
end
-- if Page:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or  Page:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') or
-- Pages:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or  Pages:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') then
-- add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
-- end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C I T A T I O N >--------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------
 
This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
|xxxxor-linkn= in args.  It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.
 
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.
 
This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.


]]
]]


local function format_citation (body, cite_class, ref, namelist, year, ocins_output, no_tracking_cats)
local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
local options = {};
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
local v_name_table = {};
if is_set (cite_class) and cite_class ~= 'citation' then
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
options.class = 'citation ' .. cite_class; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
local last, first, link, mask;
else
local corporate = false;
options.class = 'citation';
 
vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
if vparam:find ('%[%[') or vparam:find ('%]%]') then -- no wikilinking vauthors names
add_vanc_error ();
end
end
v_name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*") -- names are separated by commas
if is_set (ref) and ref:lower() ~= 'none' then -- set reference anchor if appropriate
 
local id = ref
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
if ('harv' == ref ) then
if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parenthese to supress vanc formatting and error detection
id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$')
corporate = true;
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
    lastfirstTable = {}
    lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s")
    first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials
    last  = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials
    if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') or mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then
add_vanc_error (); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing or a space between two intiials
end
else
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
end
if is_set (first) and not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
add_vanc_error ();
end
end
options.id = id;
-- this from extract_names ()
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
end
 
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------
 
Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.
 
Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and
similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest
 
When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.
 
Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
 
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.
 
]]
 
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
local lastfirst = false;
if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a first 1 without a last1
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 2 ) then
lastfirst=true;
end
end
 
if string.len (body:gsub ('<span[^>/]*>.-</span>', ''):gsub ('%b<>','')) <= 2 then
if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
reset_error ({'err_cats'});
(is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or
body = set_error ('empty_citation');
(true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then
reset_error ({'msg_tail'});
local err_name;
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
err_name = 'author';
else
err_name = 'editor';
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters',
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
end
 
local text;
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
if is_set (options.id) then
if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
text = wrap_style ('citation-with-id', {mw.uri.anchorEncode (options.id), mw.text.nowiki (options.class), body});
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------
 
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty
in the source template) the function refurns true. If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns
true; else, emits an error message and returns false.
 
]]
 
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible)
if not is_set (value) then
return true; -- an empty parameter is ok
elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then
return true;
else
else
text = wrap_style ('citation-no-id', {mw.text.nowiki (options.class), body});
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
end
return false
end
text = text .. wrap_style ('OCinS', ocins_output);
text = text .. make_error_tail (no_tracking_cats); -- append error/maintenance messages/categories to the citation
return text;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< D E D U C E _ C I T A T I O N _ C L A S S >--------------------------------------


如果citation_class为citation({{citation}}),根据periodical系列参数的设置情况推断实际的引用类型。
--[[--------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------
 
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
characters following the opening bracket obey the rules of a uri scheme (see check_url()).  The test will also find
external wikilinks that use protocol relative urls.


]]
]]


local function deduce_citation_class (A, naive_class)
local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
local deduced_class;
if value:match ("%[%[%a+:") then -- if a wikilink with namespace (interwiki)
local periodical = A['Periodical'];
return false;
local origin = A:ORIGIN ('Periodical');
elseif value:match ("%[%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:.*%]") or value:match ("%[//.*%]") then -- does the param value contain an external wikilink?
-- elseif value:match ("%[%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:%S.*%]") or value:match ("%[//.*%]") then -- does the param value contain an external wikilink?
for cite_class, aliases in pairs (cfg.periodical.parameters) do
return true;
if cite_class ~= '_general' then
else
for _, aliase in pairs (aliases) do
return false;
if origin == aliase then
deduced_class = cite_class;
end
end
end
end
end
if (naive_class == 'citation') then
if is_set (deduced_class) then
return deduced_class, true;
end
elseif (naive_class ~= deduced_class) then
local check_list = cfg.periodical.compatibility[naive_class];
if is_set (check_list) then
if is_set (check_list['drop']) and in_array (deduced_class, check_list['drop']) then
A['Periodical'] = discard_parameter (periodical, origin, nil);
elseif is_set (check_list['warn']) and in_array (deduced_class, check_list['warn']) then
append_error ('periodical', {origin, naive_class, deduced_class, check_list['suggest']});
end
end
end
return naive_class, false;
end
end




--[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------------------------------
--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------


Argument wrapperThis function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that
loop through a list of parameters and their valuesLook at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.
multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.


]]
]]


local function argument_wrapper (args)
local function check_for_url (parameter_list)
local origin = {};
local error_message = '';
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
return setmetatable ({
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message
ORIGIN = function (self, k)
if is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
error_message=error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator
return origin[k];
end
error_message=error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter
end
end
},
end
{
if is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
__index = function (tbl, k)
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
if origin[k] ~= nil then
end
return nil;
end
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
if type (list) == 'table' then
v, origin[k] = select_one (args, list, 'redundant_parameters');
if origin[k] == nil then
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
end
elseif list ~= nil then
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
else
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
throw_error ('unknown_argument_map');
end
-- Empty strings, not nil;
if v == nil then
v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
origin[k] = '';
end
tbl = rawset (tbl, k, v);
return v;
end,
});
end
end


--[[--------------------------< D O _ C I T A T I O N >---------------------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------


This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
第964行: 第2,183行:
]]
]]


local function do_citation (config, args)
local function citation0( config, args)
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
 
--[[  
--[[  
Load Input Parameters
Load Input Parameters
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
]]
]]
local A = argument_wrapper (args);
local A = argument_wrapper( args );
local citation_class, did_duduction = deduce_citation_class (A, config.CitationClass);


local i
local PPrefix = A['PPrefix']
local PPPrefix = A['PPPrefix']
local NoPP = A['NoPP']
if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
PPPrefix = ''; -- unset these, prefix if used is in |page= or |pages=
PPrefix = '';
else
NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later
end
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
------------------------------------------------- Get dates
local author_etal;
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
local Authors;
local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];
 
do -- to limit scope of selected
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
if 1 == selected then
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
end
end
 
local Coauthors = A['Coauthors'];
local Others = A['Others'];
 
local editor_etal;
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
local Editors;
 
do -- to limit scope of selected
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
if 1 == selected then
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors=
end
end
 
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
local Translators; -- assembled trnaslators name list
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
NameListFormat = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
end
 
local Year = A['Year'];
local Year = A['Year'];
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
local Date = A['Date'];
local Date = A['Date'];
local Dateorigin = A:ORIGIN ('Date');
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
local Title = A['Title'];
local Title = A['Title'];
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
local Conference = A['Conference'];
local Conference = A['Conference'];
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
if TransTitle == Title then --translated title is identical to title (i.e. not translated)
TransTitle = "" --so hide it
end
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
local TitleLinkorigin = A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink');
local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
local Degree = A['Degree'];
local Docket = A['Docket'];
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
local ArchiveURL = A['ArchiveURL'];
local URL = A['URL']
local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter


local Series = A['Series'];
local Series = A['Series'];
local ConferenceURLobject = create_url_object (A['ConferenceURL'], A:ORIGIN ('ConferenceURL'), A['ConferenceFormat'], A:ORIGIN ('ConferenceFormat'));
local ArchiveURLobject = create_url_object (A['ArchiveURL'], A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveURL'), A['ArchiveFormat'], A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveFormat'));
local URLobject = create_url_object (A['URL'], A:ORIGIN ('URL'), A['Format'], A:ORIGIN ('Format'),A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN ('UrlAccess'));
local TranscriptURLobject = create_url_object (A['TranscriptURL'], A:ORIGIN ('TranscriptURL'), A['TranscriptFormat'], A:ORIGIN ('TranscriptFormat'));
local LayURLobject = create_url_object (A['LayURL'], A:ORIGIN ('LayURL'), A['LayFormat'], A:ORIGIN ('LayFormat'));
local Volume = A['Volume'];
local Volume = A['Volume'];
local Issue = A['Issue'];
local Issue = A['Issue'];
local Position = '';
local Page = A['Page'];
local Page = A['Page'];
local Pages = hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']);
local Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] );
local At = A['At'];
local At = A['At'];


if not in_array (citation_class, cfg.args_support['templates_using_volume']) then
Volume = discard_parameter (Volume, A:ORIGIN ('Volume'), nil);
end
if not in_array (citation_class, cfg.args_support['templates_using_issue']) then
if (A:ORIGIN ('Issue') ~= 'number') then
Issue = discard_parameter (Issue, A:ORIGIN ('Issue'), nil);
else
Issue = nil;
end
end
if in_array (citation_class, cfg.args_support['templates_not_using_page']) then
Page = discard_parameter (Page, A:ORIGIN ('Page'), nil);
Pages = discard_parameter (Pages, A:ORIGIN ('Pages'), nil);
At = discard_parameter (At, A:ORIGIN ('At'), nil);
end
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
local Time = A['Time'];
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption'];
if not in_array (citation_class, cfg.args_support['templates_involving_time']) then
Minutes = discard_parameter (Minutes, A:ORIGIN ('Minutes'), nil);
Time = discard_parameter (Time, A:ORIGIN ('Time'), nil);
TimeCaption = discard_parameter (TimeCaption, A:ORIGIN ('TimeCaption'), nil);
end
local Sheet = A['Sheet'];
local Sheets = A['Sheets'];
local Section = A['Section'];
local Sections = A['Sections'];
local Inset = A['Inset'];
if not ('map' == citation_class) then
Sheet = discard_parameter (Sheet, A:ORIGIN ('Sheet'), nil);
Sheets = discard_parameter (Sheets, A:ORIGIN ('Sheets'), nil);
Sections = discard_parameter (Sections, A:ORIGIN ('Sections'), nil);
Inset = discard_parameter (Inset, A:ORIGIN ('Inset'), nil);
end
--[[
不知道哪个“天才”想出来的点子,现行引用模板里,section一个参数多个涵义。
在书籍类引用中,section是章节名称,在地图引用中,section是地图的区域编号。
所以一旦知道citation_class不是地图,就可以丢弃上述几乎全部参数,
唯独section参数需要留到检查章节相关参数时一并进行检查。
]]
local Chapter = '';
local ScriptChapter = '';
local TransChapter = '';
local ChapterURLobject;
local no_chapter_format = in_array (citation_class, cfg.args_support['templates_not_using_chapter_format']);
if in_array (citation_class, cfg.args_support['templates_not_using_chapter']) then
ChapterURLobject = create_url_object ();
discard_chapter (A);
if not ('map' == citation_class) then
Section = discard_parameter (Section, A:ORIGIN ('Section'), nil);
end
else
Chapter = A['Chapter'];
ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
ChapterURLobject = create_url_object (A['ChapterURL'], A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL'), A['ChapterFormat'], A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat'), A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN ('ChapterUrlAccess'));
if is_set (Chapter) then
if is_set (Section) then
select_one (args, {'chapter', 'contribution', 'section'}, 'redundant_parameters');
end
else
Chapter = Section;
Section = nil;
end
end
local Edition = A['Edition'];
local Edition = A['Edition'];
local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
第1,089行: 第2,296行:
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
local RegistrationRequired = sanitized_parameter_value (A['RegistrationRequired'], A:ORIGIN ('RegistrationRequired'), 'yes_true_y', nil);
local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
local SubscriptionRequired = sanitized_parameter_value (A['SubscriptionRequired'], A:ORIGIN ('SubscriptionRequired'), 'yes_true_y', nil);
if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
RegistrationRequired=nil;
end
local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
SubscriptionRequired=nil;
end
 
local Via = A['Via'];
local Via = A['Via'];
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
local ArchiveDate = A['ArchiveDate'];
local ArchiveDate = A['ArchiveDate'];
local Agency = A['Agency'];
local Agency = A['Agency'];
local DeadURL = sanitized_parameter_value (A['DeadURL'], A:ORIGIN ('DeadURL'), 'deadurl', '');
local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'yes'
DeadURL = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
end


local Language = A['Language'];
local Language = A['Language'];
local Format = A['Format'];
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
local ID = A['ID'];
local ID = A['ID'];
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
local IgnoreISBN = sanitized_parameter_value (A['IgnoreISBN'], A:ORIGIN ('IgnoreISBN'), 'yes_true_y', nil);
local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string
end
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier


local ID_list = extract_ids (args);
local ID_list = extract_ids( args );
local ID_access_levels = extract_id_access_levels (args, ID_list);
 
local Quote = A['Quote'];


local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string
end
local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string
end
--these are used by cite interview
local Callsign = A['Callsign'];
local City = A['City'];
local Program = A['Program'];


local no_tracking_cats = set_no_tracking_cats (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN ('NoTracking'), this_page);
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
local Quote = A['Quote'];
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
local sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN ('Mode'), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], Quote, config.CitationClass);
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
if is_set (Quote) and is_set (A['PostScript']) then
local COinS_date; -- used in the COinS metadata
select_one (args, {'postscript', 'quote', 'quotation'}, 'redundant_parameters');
 
-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter.  If |mode= is empty or omitted, use CitationClass to set these values
local Mode = A['Mode'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then
Mode = '';
end
end
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
local use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text
local PostScript;
local Ref;
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text


-- check for insource-location-related parameters like |page=, |pages= or |at=. 请注意section参数有歧义,如果section跟书有关系,上面已经被清空了,这里不纳入检查。
--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
select_one (args, {'at', 'time', 'minutes'}, 'redundant_parameters');
if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'time', 'minutes', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters');
if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
if is_set (Section) then
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
select_one (args, {'at', 'section', 'sections'}, 'redundant_parameters');
end
else
for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
select_one (args, {'at', 'sections'}, 'redundant_parameters');
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
break; -- bail out if one is found
end
end
end
end
-- Dummy calls simply to get the error messages and categories
local NoPP = sanitized_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN ('NoPP'), 'yes_true_y', nil);


if is_set (Page) then
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters.
if is_set (Pages) or is_set (At) then
if is_set(Page) then
if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
Page = Page .. " " .. set_error('extra_pages'); -- add error message
Pages = ''; -- unset the others
Pages = ''; -- unset the others
At = '';
At = '';
end
end
extra_text_in_parameter_check (Page, 'page'); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
extra_text_in_page_check (Page, NoPP); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
elseif is_set (Pages) then
elseif is_set(Pages) then
if is_set (At) then
if is_set(At) then
Pages = Pages .. " " .. set_error('extra_pages'); -- add error messages
At = ''; -- unset
At = ''; -- unset
end
end
extra_text_in_parameter_check (Pages, 'page'); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
extra_text_in_page_check (Pages, NoPP); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
end
end


-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
if not is_set (PublicationPlace) and is_set (Place) then
if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
end
end
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
if is_set (Edition) then
extra_text_in_parameter_check (Edition, 'edition');
end
------------------------------------------------- Get people
local NameListFormat = sanitized_parameter_value (A['NameListFormat'], A:ORIGIN ('NameListFormat'), 'name-list-format', '');
local LastAuthorAmp = sanitized_parameter_value (A['LastAuthorAmp'], A:ORIGIN ('LastAuthorAmp'), 'yes_true_y', nil);
local contributors_valid = in_array (citation_class, cfg.args_support['templates_using_contributor']);
local Authors, Contributors, Editors, Translators, Contribution, NameList, multiple_editors, has_contributors =
get_people (
{
vauthors = A['Vauthors'], authors = A['Authors'], veditors = A['Veditors'], editors = A['Editors'], contribution = A['Contribution'], coauthors = A['Coauthors']
}, {
displayauthors = A['DisplayAuthors'], displayeditors = A['DisplayEditors'], contributorsvalid = contributors_valid,  namelistformat = NameListFormat, lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp
}, args, this_page.name
); -- (co-)authors, contributors, editors and translators
local TitleType = set_titletype (citation_class, A['TitleType']); -- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
-- special case for cite thesis
local Degree = A['Degree'];
if 'thesis' == citation_class then
if (is_set (Degree)) then
TitleType = wrap_msg ('thesis with type', Degree, use_lowercase);
else
TitleType = wrap_msg ('thesis no type', 'placeholder', use_lowercase);
end
else
Degree = discard_parameter (Degree, A:ORIGIN ('Degree'), nil);
end
local Others = A['Others'];
--[[
--[[
第1,202行: 第2,420行:
]]
]]


local Encyclopedia;
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];
local Entry = A['Entry'];


if (citation_class == 'encyclopaedia') then -- test code for citation
if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation
local entry_redundant = false
if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
Encyclopedia = Periodical;
if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then
if is_set (Periodical) then
if not is_set(Chapter) then
if is_set (Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
Chapter = Title;
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ScriptTitle = '';
ChapterURL = URL;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then
TransTitle = '';
Chapter= '[[' .. TitleLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]';
ChapterURLobject = URLobject;
end
URLobject = create_url_object ();
Title = Periodical;
if not is_set (ChapterURLobject['url']) and is_set (TitleLink) then
ChapterFormat = Format;
Chapter = make_internal_link (TitleLink, Chapter, TitleLinkorigin);
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
Format = '';
TitleLink = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
end
end
TitleLink = '';
else -- |title not set
entry_redundant = is_set (Entry);
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
elseif is_set (Entry) then
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
Chapter = Entry;
ChapterURLobject = URLobject;
URLobject = create_url_object ();
end
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
else
if is_set (Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then
entry_redundant = is_set (Entry);
else
Title = Entry;
end
end
if entry_redundant then
select_one (args, {'title', 'script-title', 'article', 'entry'}, 'redundant_parameters');
end
else
Entry = discard_parameter (Entry, A:ORIGIN ('Entry'), nil);
end
-- Special case for cite report.
local Docket = A['Docket'];
if citation_class == 'report' then
if is_set (Docket) then
if is_set (ID) then
select_one (args, {'id', 'docket'}, 'redundant_parameters');
end
end
ID = Docket; -- for cite report when |docket= is set, overwrite ID even if |id= is set
Docket = '';
end
end
elseif citation_class ~= 'thesis' then
discard_parameter (Docket, A:ORIGIN ('Docket'), '');
end
end


-- Special case for cite techreport.
-- Special case for cite techreport.
local Num = A['Number'];
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
if citation_class == 'techreport' then -- special case for cite techreport
if is_set(Issue) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations aliase to 'issue'
if is_set (Num) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
if not is_set (ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
ID = Issue; -- yes, use it
ID = Num; -- yes, use it
Issue = ""; -- unset Issue so that "number" isn't duplicated in the rendered citation or COinS metadata
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
else -- can't use ID so emit error message
select_one (args, {'id', 'number'}, 'redundant_parameters');
ID = ID .. " " .. set_error('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;id=</code> and <code>&#124;number=</code>');
end
end
end
end
elseif not is_set (Issue) then
Num = discard_parameter (Num, A:ORIGIN ('Number'), nil);
end
end


-- special case for cite interview
-- special case for cite interview
local Callsign = A['Callsign'];
if (config.CitationClass == "interview") then
local City = A['City'];
if is_set(Program) then
local Program = A['Program'];
 
if (citation_class == 'interview') then
if is_set (Program) then
ID = ' ' .. Program;
ID = ' ' .. Program;
end
end
if is_set (Callsign) then
if is_set(Callsign) then
if is_set (ID) then
if is_set(ID) then
ID = ID .. pend_separator (Callsign, sepc, true);
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. Callsign;
else
else
ID = ' ' .. Callsign;
ID = ' ' .. Callsign;
end
end
end
end
if is_set (City) then
if is_set(City) then
if is_set (ID) then
if is_set(ID) then
ID = ID .. pend_separator (City, sepc, true);
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. City;
else
else
ID = ' ' .. City;
ID = ' ' .. City;
第1,295行: 第2,481行:
end
end


if is_set (Others) then
if is_set(Others) then
Others = wrap_msg ('interview', {TitleType, Others}, use_lowercase);
if is_set(TitleType) then
TitleType = '';
Others = ' ' .. TitleType .. ' with ' .. Others;
TitleType = '';
else
Others = ' ' .. 'Interview with ' .. Others;
end
else
Others = '(Interview)';
end
end
else
Callsign = discard_parameter (Callsign, A:ORIGIN ('Callsign'), nil );
City = discard_parameter (City, A:ORIGIN ('City'), nil );
Program = discard_parameter (Program, A:ORIGIN ('Program'), nil);
end
end
 
if is_set (TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
-- special case for cite mailing list
TitleType = wrap_msg ('type', TitleType, use_lowercase); -- display it in parentheses
if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
end
end
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}} or {{cite speech}}.


local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
if 'conference' == citation_class then
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
if is_set (BookTitle) then
if is_set(BookTitle) then
ChapterURLobject = URLobject;
Chapter = Title;
URLobject = create_url_object ();
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
URLorigin = '';
ChapterFormat = Format;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
Title = BookTitle;
Format = '';
-- TitleLink = '';
TransTitle = '';
TransTitle = '';
Chapter = Title;
URL = '';
Title = BookTitle;
end
else
BookTitle = discard_parameter (BookTitle, A:ORIGIN ('BookTitle'), nil);
if 'speech' == citation_class then
TitleNote = discard_parameter (TitleNote, A:ORIGIN ('TitleNote'), TitleType);
-- override whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
TitleType = ''; -- annotate the citation
else
Conference = discard_parameter (Conference, A:ORIGIN ('Conference'), '');
-- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
end
end
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
end
end


-- cite map oddities
-- cite map oddities
local Cartography = A['Cartography'];
local Cartography = "";
local Scale = A['Scale'];
local Scale = "";
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
if citation_class == 'map' then
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
Chapter = A['Map'];
Chapter = A['Map'];
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
ChapterURLobject = create_url_object (A['MapURL'], A:ORIGIN ('MapURL'), A['MapFormat'], A:ORIGIN ('MapFormat'), A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN ('MapUrlAccess'));
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
Cartography = pend_separator (wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase), sepc, true);
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
Scale = pend_separator (Scale, sepc, true);
else
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
Cartography = discard_parameter (Cartography, A:ORIGIN ('Cartography'), '');
if is_set( Cartography ) then
Scale = discard_parameter (Scale, A:ORIGIN ('Scale'), '');
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
discard_parameter (A['Map'], A:ORIGIN ('Map'), nil);
end
discard_parameter (A['MapURL'], A:ORIGIN ('MapURL'), nil);
Scale = A['Scale'];
discard_parameter (A['TransMap'], A:ORIGIN ('TransMap'), nil);
if is_set( Scale ) then
discard_parameter (A['MapFormat'], A:ORIGIN ('MapFormat'), nil);
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
discard_parameter (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN ('MapUrlAccess'), nil);
end
end
end


-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
if 'episode' == citation_class or 'serial' == citation_class then
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
第1,359行: 第2,547行:
local Station = A['Station'];
local Station = A['Station'];
local s, n = {}, {};
local s, n = {}, {};
-- do common parameters first
-- do common parameters first
if is_set (Network) then table.insert (n, Network); end
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
if is_set (Station) then table.insert (n, Station); end
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
ID = table.concat (n, sepc .. ' ');
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
if is_set (AirDate) then
if not is_set (Date) then -- promote airdate or Began/Ended to date
if not is_set (Date) then -- promote airdate to date
if is_set (AirDate) then
Date = AirDate;
Date = AirDate;
Dateorigin = A:ORIGIN ('AirDate');
else
select_one (args, {'date', 'air-date', 'airdate'}, 'redundant_parameters');
end
end
end
end


if 'episode' == citation_class then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
local Season = A['Season'];
local Season = A['Season'];
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];


if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
select_one (args, {'season', 'series-number', 'series-no', 'seriesnumber', 'seriesno'}, 'redundant_parameters');
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
-- add error message
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
end
end
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
if is_set (Season) then table.insert (s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert (s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set (Issue) then table.insert (s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
local ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink
local ChapterLinkorigin = TitleLinkorigin;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURLobject = URLobject;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
TitleLinkorigin = A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink');
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
Series = table.concat (s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number


if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
Chapter = make_internal_link (ChapterLink, Chapter, ChapterLinkorigin);
Chapter = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]'; -- ok to wikilink
-- ok to wikilink
elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
Series = make_internal_link (ChapterLink, Series, ChapterLinkorigin);
Series = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]'; -- series links with ChapterLink (episodelink -> TitleLink -> ChapterLink) ugly
-- series links with ChapterLink (episodelink -> TitleLink -> ChapterLink) ugly
end
end
URLobject = create_url_object (); -- unset
URL = ''; -- unset
TransTitle = '';
TransTitle = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
Series = make_internal_link (SeriesLink, Series, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'));
Series = '[[' .. SeriesLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]';
end
end
Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
第1,422行: 第2,605行:


-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, before generation of COinS data.
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, before generation of COinS data.
if 'arxiv' == citation_class then
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
if not is_set (ID_list['ARXIV']) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv
if not is_set (ID_list['ARXIV']) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv
append_error ('arxiv_missing', {}); -- add error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
elseif is_set (Series) then -- series is an alias of version
elseif is_set (Series) then -- series is an alias of version
ID_list['ARXIV'] = ID_list['ARXIV'] .. Series; -- concatenate version onto the end of the arxiv identifier
ID_list['ARXIV'] = ID_list['ARXIV'] .. Series; -- concatenate version onto the end of the arxiv identifier
第1,431行: 第2,614行:
end
end
if first_set ({AccessDate, At, URLobject['format'], Page, Pages, PublisherName, URLobject['url'], -- a crude list of parameters that are not supported by cite arxiv
if first_set (AccessDate, At, Chapter, Format, Page, Pages, Periodical, PublisherName, URL, -- a crude list of parameters that are not supported by cite arxiv
ID_list['ASIN'], ID_list['BIBCODE'], ID_list['DOI'], ID_list['ISBN'], ID_list['ISSN'],
ID_list['ASIN'], ID_list['BIBCODE'], ID_list['DOI'], ID_list['ISBN'], ID_list['ISSN'],
ID_list['JFM'], ID_list['JSTOR'], ID_list['LCCN'], ID_list['MR'], ID_list['OCLC'], ID_list['OL'],
ID_list['JFM'], ID_list['JSTOR'], ID_list['LCCN'], ID_list['MR'], ID_list['OCLC'], ID_list['OL'],
ID_list['OSTI'], ID_list['PMC'], ID_list['PMID'], ID_list['RFC'], ID_list['SSRN'], ID_list['USENETID'], ID_list['ZBL']},27) then
ID_list['OSTI'], ID_list['PMC'], ID_list['PMID'], ID_list['RFC'], ID_list['SSRN'], ID_list['USENETID'], ID_list['ZBL']) then
append_error ('arxiv_params_not_supported', {}); -- add error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_params_not_supported', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message


AccessDate= ''; -- set these to empty string; not supported in cite arXiv
AccessDate= ''; -- set these to empty string; not supported in cite arXiv
PublisherName = ''; -- (if the article has been published, use cite journal, or other)
PublisherName = ''; -- (if the article has been published, use cite journal, or other)
URLobject = create_url_object ();
Chapter = '';
URL = '';
Format = '';
Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = '';
Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = '';
end
end
Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- periodical not allowed in cite arxiv; if article has been published, use cite journal
Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
-- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
end
 
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
 
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "DVD-notes", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
TitleType = Degree .. " thesis";
end
end
 
if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
TitleType = " (" .. TitleType .. ")"; -- display it in parentheses
end
end
 
-- legacy: promote concatenation of |month=, and |year= to Date if Date not set; or, promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
-- legacy: promote concatenation of |month=, and |year= to Date if Date not set; or, promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
if not is_set (Date) then
if not is_set (Date) then
if is_set (Year) then
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
Date = Year;
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
Dateorigin = A:ORIGIN ('Year'); -- promote Year to Date
if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
elseif is_set (PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
Date = PublicationDate;
Dateorigin = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate'); -- promote PublicationDate to Date
PublicationDate = '';
end
end
else
end
if is_set (PublicationDate) and PublicationDate ~= Date then
 
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('publication-date', PublicationDate, use_lowercase);
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
else
 
PublicationDate = ''; -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
--[[
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
we get the date used in the metadata.
 
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
]]
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message and mismatch
local error_message = '';
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
anchor_year, COinS_date, error_message = dates({['access-date']=AccessDate, ['archive-date']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi-broken-date']=DoiBroken,
['embargo']=Embargo, ['lay-date']=LayDate, ['publication-date']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year});
 
if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message
error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message
end
error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch';
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
add_maint_cat ('date_year');
end
end
end
end


local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
if is_set(error_message) then
local anchor_year = validate_date (AccessDate, ArchiveDate, Date, DoiBroken, Embargo, LayDate, PublicationDate, Year, COinS_date, Dateorigin);
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
-- used in the CITEREF identifier
end
end -- end of do


-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set.  Do this after date check but before COInS.
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set.  Do this after date check but before COInS.
第1,473行: 第2,688行:
Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo); --  
Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo); --  


if citation_class == 'journal' and not is_set (URLobject['url']) and is_set (ID_list['PMC']) then
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
URLobject['url'] =cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
URLobject['origin'] = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
end
end
if  not is_set (URLobject['url']) then
if in_array (citation_class, cfg.args_support['templates_requiring_url']) then
append_error ('cite_web_url', {});
end
-- Test if accessdate is given without giving a URL
if is_set (AccessDate) and not is_set (ChapterURLobject['url']) then -- ChapterURL may be set when the others are not set; TODO: move this to a separate test?
append_error ('accessdate_missing_url', {});
AccessDate = '';
end
end
end
end
第1,494行: 第2,697行:
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
-- Test if citation has no title
-- Test if citation has no title
if not is_set (Title) and
if not is_set(Title) and
not is_set (TransTitle) and
not is_set(TransTitle) and
not is_set (ScriptTitle) then
not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
if 'episode' == citation_class then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this?
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; is there a better way to do this?
append_error ('citation_missing_title', {'series'});
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } );
else
else
append_error ('citation_missing_title', {'title'});
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } );
end
end
end
end
if 'none' == Title and citation_class == 'journal' then -- special case for journal cites
if 'none' == Title and is_set(Periodical) and not (( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia))) then -- special case
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
add_maint_cat ('untitled');
add_maint_cat ('untitled');
end
end


check_for_external_link ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL
check_for_url ({['title']=Title, ['chapter']=Chapter, ['work']=Periodical}); -- adds error message when any of these parameters contain a URL
['title'] = Title,
[A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')] = Chapter,
[A:ORIGIN ('Periodical')] = Periodical,
[A:ORIGIN ('PublisherName')] = PublisherName,
});


-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
第1,523行: 第2,721行:
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
if 'encyclopaedia' == citation_class then
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
第1,529行: 第2,727行:
end
end
end
end
 
-- this is the function call to COinS()
-- this is the function call to COinS()
local OCinSoutput = COinS ({
local OCinSoutput = COinS({
['Periodical'] = Periodical,
['Periodical'] = Periodical,
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia,
['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
['Chapter'] = coins_chapter,
['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
['ScriptChapter'] = ScriptChapter,
['Map'] = Map,
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
['Title'] = coins_title,
['ScriptTitle'] = ScriptTitle,
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
['Date'] = first_set(COinS_date, Date), -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; any reason to keep Date here? Should we be including invalid dates in metadata?
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
['Series'] = Series,
['Series'] = Series,
['Volume'] = Volume,
['Volume'] = Volume,
['Issue'] = Issue,
['Issue'] = Issue,
['Pages'] = first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5),
['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set(Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At)), -- pages stripped of external links
['Edition'] = Edition,
['Edition'] = Edition,
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURLobject['url'], URLobject['url']}, 2),
['URL'] = first_set( URL, ChapterURL ),
['Authors'] = NameList,
['Authors'] = a,
['ID_list'] = ID_list,
['ID_list'] = ID_list,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
第1,557行: 第2,748行:


-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, AFTER generation of COinS data.
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, AFTER generation of COinS data.
if 'arxiv' == citation_class then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, now unset so it isn't displayed
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, now unset so it isn't displayed
Periodical = '';
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in cite arxiv; if article has been published, use cite journal
end
end


-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
if 'newsgroup' == citation_class then
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
if is_set (PublisherName) then
if is_set (PublisherName) then
PublisherName = wrap_msg ('newsgroup', make_external_link ('news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN ('PublisherName')), use_lowercase);
PublisherName = '[[Usenet newsgroup|Newsgroup]]:&nbsp;' ..  external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName );
end
end
end
end


-- Now perform various field substitutions.
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
do
local last_first_list;
local maximum;
local control = {
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
};
 
do -- do editor name list first because coauthors can modify control table
maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
-- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
if not is_set(maximum) and #e == 4 then
maximum = 3;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('implict_etal_editor', {}, true) } );
end
 
control.maximum = maximum;
last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);
 
if is_set (Editors) then
if editor_etal then
Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
else
EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
else
Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
 
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
end
do -- now do translators
control.maximum = #t; -- number of translators
Translators = list_people(control, t, false); -- et al not currently supported
end
do -- now do authors
control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);
 
if is_set(Coauthors) then -- if the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
control.lastauthoramp = nil;
control.maximum = #a + 1;
end
last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);
 
if is_set (Authors) then
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
if author_etal then
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
end
else
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
 
end -- end of do
 
if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then -- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } ); -- emit error message
end
end
 
 
 
--[[
do -- do-block to limit scope of last_first_list
local last_first_list;
local maximum = A['DisplayAuthors'];
 
maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (maximum, #a, 'authors', author_etal);
 
local control = {
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
maximum = maximum,
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via authorlinkn
};
if is_set(Coauthors) then -- if the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
control.lastauthoramp = nil;
control.maximum = #a + 1;
end
last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);
 
if is_set (Authors) then
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
if author_etal then
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
end
else
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
 
end -- end of do
 
if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then -- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } ); -- emit error message
end
 
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
do
local last_first_list;
local maximum = A['DisplayEditors'];
 
maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (maximum, #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
-- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
if not is_set(maximum) and #e == 4 then
maximum = 3;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('implict_etal_editor', {}, true) } );
end
 
local control = {
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
maximum = maximum,
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
};
 
last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);
 
if is_set (Editors) then
if editor_etal then
Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
else
EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
else
Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
 
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
end
]]
 
-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
format_format ({ArchiveURLobject, ConferenceURLobject, URLobject, LayURLobject, TranscriptURLobject, ChapterURLobject});
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
 
if  not is_set(URL) then --and
-- not is_set(ArchiveURL) then --and -- prevents format_missing_url error from registering
-- not is_set(ConferenceURL) and -- TODO: keep this here? conference as part of cite web or cite podcast?
-- not is_set(TranscriptURL) then -- TODO: remove? |transcript-url= and |transcript= has separate test
-- Test if cite web or cite podcast |url= is missing or empty
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
end
-- Test if accessdate is given without giving a URL
if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when the others are not set; TODO: move this to a separate test?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
AccessDate = '';
end
end
 
local OriginalURL, OriginalFormat; -- TODO: swap chapter and title here so that archive applies to most specific if both are set?
DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
if is_set (URL) then
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
end
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |format=
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
end
end
end
 
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","podcast", "newsgroup", 'arxiv'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if is_set (Chapter) or is_set (TransChapter) or is_set (ChapterURL) or is_set (ScriptChapter) then -- chapter parameters not supported for these citation types
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
Chapter = ''; -- set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
TransChapter = '';
ChapterURL = '';
ScriptChapter = '';
end
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin);
if is_set (Chapter) then
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType;
end
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' ';
end
end
 
-- Format main title.
if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]"
end
 
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","podcast", "newsgroup", "mailinglist", 'arxiv'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
if format_url_access_text (URLobject, SubscriptionRequired, RegistrationRequired) then
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
select_one (args, {'url-access', 'urlaccess', 'registration', 'subscription'}, 'redundant_parameters');
elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report
end -- 只需其一
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
format_url_access_text (ChapterURLobject, nil, nil);
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
else
Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
end


local OriginalURLobject; -- TODO: swap chapter and title here so that archive applies to most specific if both are set?
TransError = "";
OriginalURLobject, URLobject, ChapterURLobject =
if is_set(TransTitle) then
swap_urls (URLobject, ChapterURLobject, ArchiveURLobject, DeadURL);
if is_set(Title) then
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
else
TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
end
end
local chapter_no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
if is_set (Contribution) and has_contributors then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords['contribution']) then -- and a generic contribution title
if is_set(Title) then
chapter_no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then
Title = external_link( URL, Title ) .. TransError .. Format;
URL = "";
Format = "";
else
Title = Title .. TransError;
end
end
end
end
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURLobject, chapter_no_quotes, citation_class, TitleType, sepc);
-- Contribution is also in Chapter
-- Format main title.
Title, URLobject = format_main_title (Title, TitleLink, TitleLinkorigin, ScriptTitle, TransTitle, URLobject, no_chapter_format, citation_class, Periodical);
Place = pend_separator (wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase), sepc, false);
Conference = format_conference (Conference, ConferenceURLobject, Periodical, citation_class, sepc);
local Insource_location = format_insource_location (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, At, Minutes, Time, TimeCaption, Section, Sections, Inset, citation_class, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc


Others = pend_separator (Others, sepc, true);
if is_set(Place) then
Others = pend_separator (wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), sepc, true) .. Others;
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
end
 
if is_set (Conference) then
if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference );
end
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin );
end
 
if not is_set(Position) then
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
if is_set(Minutes) then
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
else
local Time = A['Time'];
if is_set(Time) then
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
if sepc ~= '.' then
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
end
end
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
end
end
else
Position = " " .. Position;
At = '';
end
if 'speech' ~= citation_class then  
if not is_set(Page) then
TitleNote = pend_separator (TitleNote, sepc, true);
if is_set(Pages) then
if is_set(Periodical) and
not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
Pages = ": " .. Pages;
elseif tonumber(Pages) ~= nil then
Pages = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Pages;
else
Pages = sepc .." " .. PPPrefix .. Pages;
end
end
else
if is_set(Periodical) and
not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
Page = ": " .. Page;
else
Page = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Page;
end
end
end
if 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- cite map oddity done after COinS call (and with other in-source locators)
if is_set (Sheet) or is_set (Sheets) then
local err_msg1 = 'sheet=, &#124;sheets'; -- default error message in case any of page pages or at are set
local err_msg2;
if is_set (Page) or is_set (Pages) or is_set (At) then -- are any set?
err_msg2 = 'page=, &#124;pages=, &#124;at'; -- a generic error message
Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = '';
elseif is_set (Sheet) and is_set (Sheets) then -- if both are set make error message
err_msg1 = 'sheet';
err_msg2 = 'sheets';
end
if is_set (err_msg2) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', err_msg1) .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', err_msg2)}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
if not is_set (Sheet) then -- do sheet static text and formatting; Sheet has priority over Sheets if both provided
if is_set (Sheets) then
if is_set (Periodical) then
Sheet = ": Sheets " .. Sheets; -- because Sheet has priority, no need to support both later on
else
Sheet = sepc .. " Sheets " .. Sheets;
end
end
else
if is_set (Periodical) then
Sheet = ": Sheet " .. Sheet;
else
Sheet = sepc .. " Sheet " .. Sheet;
end
end
end
end
At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
local Section = A['Section'];
local Sections = A['Sections'];
local Inset = A['Inset'];
if is_set( Inset ) then
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
end
if is_set( Sections ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
elseif is_set( Section ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
end
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
end
if is_set (Language) then
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc
else
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
end
Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
Edition = wrap_msg ('edition', Edition, use_lowercase);
if is_set (Translators) then
Series = pend_separator (Series, sepc, true);
Others = sepc .. ' Translated by ' .. Translators .. Others;
OrigYear = wrap_msg ('orig year', OrigYear, use_lowercase);
end
Agency = pend_separator (Agency, sepc, true);
 
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, citation_class, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);
TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
if is_set (Edition) then
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then
add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition');
end
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
else
Edition = '';
end
Issue = is_set(Issue) and (" (" .. Issue .. ")") or "";
Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";
Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";
 
if is_set(Volume) then
if ( mw.ustring.len(Volume) > 4 )
  then Volume = sepc .." " .. Volume;
  else Volume = " <b>" .. hyphen_to_dash(Volume) .. "</b>";
end
end


------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
if is_set(Via) then
Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
end
--[[
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
]]
if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message
elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message
else
SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
end
if is_set(AccessDate) then
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if 'citation', lower case
AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
-- neither of these work; don't know why; it seems that substitute() isn't being called
AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
end
Via = wrap_msg ('via', Via, use_lowercase);
if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
AccessDate = format_accessdate (AccessDate, sepc, use_lowercase);
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
ID = format_id (ID, Docket, sepc, use_lowercase);
ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
ID_list = build_id_list (ID_list, {IdAccessLevels=ID_access_levels, DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class});
end
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
end


local URL = '';
ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );
if is_set (URLobject['url']) then
 
URL = ' ' .. make_external_link (URLobject['url'], nil, URLobject['origin']) .. URLobject['access-text'];
if is_set(URL) then
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin );
end
 
if is_set(Quote) then
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2);
end
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
PostScript = ""; -- CS1 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
end
local Archived
if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
end
if "no" == DeadURL then
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');  
end
elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped'
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
-- if 'usurped' == DeadURL then -- when original has unsuitable content do not link
if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped'}) then
Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Archived from the original on ' .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
else -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y'
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'] ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
end
else
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
end
elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
else
Archived = ""
end
end
local Format = URLobject['format'];
local Lay = '';
Quote = format_quote (Quote, sepc);
if is_set(LayURL) then
local Archived = format_archive (ArchiveURLobject, OriginalURLobject, ArchiveDate, DeadURL, sepc, use_lowercase);
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
local Lay = format_lay (LayURLobject, LayDate, LaySource, sepc, use_lowercase);
if is_set(LaySource) then
Transcript = format_external_link (Transcript, TranscriptURLobject, sepc);
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
local Publisher = format_publisher (PublisherName, PublicationPlace, Periodical, citation_class, sepc);
else
LaySource = "";
end
if sepc == '.' then
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'] ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
else
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower() ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
end
elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
end


local use_in = is_set (Chapter) and (not has_contributors);
if is_set(Transcript) then
Authors, Editors, Contributors = format_people (Authors, Editors, Contributors, multiple_editors, use_in, sepc);
if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript );
end
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin );
end
 
local Publisher;
if is_set(Periodical) and
not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","pressrelease","podcast"}) then
if is_set(PublisherName) then
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher = PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName;
else
Publisher = PublisherName; 
end
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= PublicationPlace;
else
Publisher = "";
end
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
if is_set(Publisher) then
Publisher = Publisher .. ", " .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
end
if is_set(Publisher) then
Publisher = " (" .. Publisher .. ")";
end
else
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
PublicationDate = " (" .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate) .. ")";
end
if is_set(PublisherName) then
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; 
end
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
end
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
Periodical = format_periodical (Periodical, Title, TitleNote, sepc);
if is_set(Periodical) then
if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
else
Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
end
end
 
--[[
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
]]
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
end
end
end


-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
第1,643行: 第3,335行:
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.


local tcommon;
local tcommon
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
if citation_class == 'journal' and is_set (Periodical) then
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series,
Others = pend_separator (Others, sepc, false);
Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume, Issue}, sepc );
tcommon = safe_join ({Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc);
elseif contributors_valid then -- special cases for book cites where contributors are allowed
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote}, sepc); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
tcommon2 = safe_join ({Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc);
else
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc);
end
elseif 'map' == citation_class then -- special cases for cite map
if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc);
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc);
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume, Issue}, sepc );
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc);
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
end
end
elseif 'episode' == citation_class then -- special case for cite episode
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Edition, Publisher}, sepc);
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
else -- all other CS1 templates
else -- all other CS1 templates
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc);
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
Volume, Issue, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
end
if #ID_list > 0 then
if #ID_list > 0 then
ID_list = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ',  table.concat (ID_list, sepc .. ' '), ID}, sepc);
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
else
else
ID_list = ID;
ID_list = ID;
end
end
-- LOCAL
local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
local xDate;
local text;
if (is_set (Periodical) and is_set (Date) and
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Page .. Pages .. At;
not in_array (citation_class, {'encyclopaedia', 'web'}))
or (in_array (citation_class, {'book', 'news'})) then
if is_set(Authors) then
if in_array (citation_class, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Volume) then
if is_set(Coauthors) then
xDate = safe_join ({Date .. ',' .. Volume, Insource_location, PublicationDate, OrigYear, AccessDate}, sepc);
local sep = '; ';
if 'vanc' == NameListFormat then
sep = ', ';
end
Authors = Authors .. sep .. Coauthors;
end
if is_set(Date) then
Date = " ("..Date..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
elseif string.sub(Authors,-1,-1) == sepc then
Authors = Authors .. " "
else
else
xDate = safe_join ({Date, Insource_location, PublicationDate, OrigYear, AccessDate}, sepc);
Authors = Authors .. sepc .. " "
end
if is_set(Editors) then
local in_text = " ";
local post_text = "";
if is_set(Chapter) then
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
end
if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end
Editors = in_text .. Editors .. post_text;
if (string.sub(Editors,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub(Editors,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last editor name ends with sepc char
Editors = Editors .. " "; -- don't add another
else
Editors = Editors .. sepc .. " " -- otherwise terninate the editor list
end
end
end
Insource_location = ''
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon }, sepc );
text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
elseif is_set(Editors) then
if is_set(Date) then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
else
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
end
end
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
else
else
xDate = safe_join ({Date, PublicationDate, OrigYear, AccessDate}, sepc);
if is_set(Date) then
end
if ( string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) ~= sepc )
xDate = pend_separator (xDate, sepc, true);
  then Date = sepc .." " .. Date .. OrigYear
-- END LOCAL
  else Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear
 
end
local idcommon = safe_join ({URL, xDate, ID_list, Archived, Via, Lay, Language, Quote}, sepc);
end
local text;
if config.CitationClass=="journal" and is_set(Periodical) then
if is_set (Authors) then
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
if is_set (Contributors) then
text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
text = safe_join ({Contributors, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, Insource_location, idcommon }, sepc);
else
else
text = safe_join ({Authors, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, Insource_location, idcommon }, sepc);
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date}, sepc );
text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
end
else
text = safe_join ({Editors, Chapter, Place, tcommon, Insource_location, idcommon}, sepc);
end
end
if is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
text = safe_join ({text, sepc}, sepc); --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
text = text:sub (1, -sepc:len()-1);
text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
end
end
text = safe_join ({text, PostScript}, sepc);
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );


-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
return format_citation (text, config.CitationClass, Ref, NameList, anchor_year, OCinSoutput, no_tracking_cats);
local options = {};
end
if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
options.class = config.CitationClass;
options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
else
options.class = "citation";
end
if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then
local id = Ref
if ( "harv" == Ref ) then
local names = {} --table of last names & year
if #a > 0 then
for i,v in ipairs(a) do
names[i] = v.last
if i == 4 then break end
end
elseif #e > 0 then
for i,v in ipairs(e) do
names[i] = v.last
if i == 4 then break end
end
end
names[ #names + 1 ] = first_set(Year, anchor_year); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
id = anchor_id(names)
end
options.id = id;
end
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>.-</span>", ""):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then
z.error_categories = {};
text = set_error('empty_citation');
z.message_tail = {};
end
if is_set(options.id) then
text = '<cite id="' .. mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id) ..'" class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</cite>";
else
text = '<cite class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</cite>";
end


--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
local empty_span = '<span style="display:none;">&nbsp;</span>';
Looks for a parameter's name in the whitelist.
 
-- Note: Using display: none on then COinS span breaks some clients.
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
local OCinS = '<span title="' .. OCinSoutput .. '" class="Z3988">' .. empty_span .. '</span>';
true - active, supported parameters
text = text .. OCinS;
false - deprecated, supported parameters
nil - unsupported parameters
]]
if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
text = text .. " ";
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
if is_set(v[1]) then
if i == #z.message_tail then
text = text .. error_comment( v[1], v[2] );
else
text = text .. error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] );
end
end
end
end


local function validate (name)
if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
local name = tostring (name);
text = text .. '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33">';
local state = whitelist.basic_arguments[name];
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
text = text .. ' ' .. v .. ' ([[:Category:' .. v ..'|link]])';
-- Normal arguments
end
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
text = text .. '</span>'; -- maintenance mesages (realy just the names of the categories for now)
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
end
-- Arguments with numbers in them
no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
name = name:gsub ('%d+', '#'); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#
if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[name];
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
if false == state then
end
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
return true;
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
end
end
end
return false; -- Not supported because not found or name is set to nil
return text
end
end


--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >--------------------------------------------------------------
-- This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
function z.citation(frame)
local pframe = frame:getParent()
local validation;
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox'); -- ... sandbox version of date validation code


This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
else -- otherwise
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation'); -- ... live version of date validation code
end


]]
dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions
year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;


function citation (frame)
local pframe = frame:getParent();
local module_path = 'Module:Citation/CS1/'
local module_suffix = frame:getTitle():gsub ('^Module:Citation/CS1', '');
load_modules (module_path, module_suffix);
local args = {};
local args = {};
local suggestions = {};
local suggestions = {};
local error_reported = false;
local error_text, error_state;


local config = {};
local config = {};
for k, v in pairs (frame.args) do
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
config[k] = v;
config[k] = v;
args[k] = v;    
args[k] = v;    
第1,775行: 第3,560行:


local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
for k, v in pairs (pframe.args) do
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
if v ~= '' then
if v ~= '' then
if not validate (k) then
if not validate( k ) then
error_reported = false;
error_text = "";
if type (k) ~= 'string' then
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
if v:match ('%S+') ~= nil then
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
append_error ('text_ignored', {v});
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
error_reported = true;
end
end
elseif validate (k:lower()) then  
elseif validate( k:lower() ) then  
append_error ('parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()});
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
error_reported = true;
else
else
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
suggestions = mw.loadData (module_path .. 'Suggestions' .. module_suffix);
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version
else
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version
end
end
end
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match
if capture then -- if the pattern matches  
if capture then -- if the pattern matches  
param = substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
param = substitute( param, capture ); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
append_error ('parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param});
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true ); -- set the error message
-- set the error message
error_reported = true;
break;
end
end
end
end
if not error_reported then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion?
if not is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion?
if suggestions.suggestions[k:lower()] ~= nil then
if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
append_error ('parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[k:lower()]});
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
error_reported = true;
else
else
append_error ('parameter_ignored', {k});
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
error_reported = true;
end
end
end
end
end
-- if #suggestions == 0 then
-- suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' );
-- end
-- if suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
-- error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
-- else
-- error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
-- end
end  
if error_text ~= '' then
table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
end
end
end
args[k] = v;
args[k] = v;
第1,818行: 第3,611行:
end
end
end
end
local error_msg;
for k, v in pairs (args) do
return citation0( config, args)
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
error_msg = has_invisible_chars (k, v);
if is_set (error_msg) then
append_error ('invisible_char', error_msg);
end
end
end
return do_citation (config, args)
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D  F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------
return z
]]
 
return {citation = citation};

於 2024年4月4日 (四) 09:58 的最新修訂

可在模組:Citation/CS1/doc建立此模組的說明文件

local z = {
	error_categories = {};		-- for categorizing citations that contain errors
	error_ids = {};
	message_tail = {};
	maintenance_cats = {};		-- for categorizing citations that aren't erroneous per se, but could use a little work
	properties_cats = {};		-- for categorizing citations based on certain properties, language of source for instance
}

--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D   D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
]]
local dates, year_date_check	-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation

local cfg = {};					-- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {};			-- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist

--[[--------------------------< I S _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------------

Returns true if argument is set; false otherwise. Argument is 'set' when it exists (not nil) or when it is not an empty string.
This function is global because it is called from both this module and from Date validation
]]
function is_set( var )
	return not (var == nil or var == '');
end

--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------

First set variable or nil if none
]]
local function first_set(...)
	local list = {...};
	for _, var in pairs(list) do
		if is_set( var ) then
			return var;
		end
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< I N _ A R R A Y >--------------------------------------------------------------

Whether needle is in haystack
]]
local function in_array( needle, haystack )
	if needle == nil then
		return false;
	end
	for n,v in ipairs( haystack ) do
		if v == needle then
			return n;
		end
	end
	return false;
end

--[[--------------------------< S U B S T I T U T E >----------------------------------------------------------

Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table.
]]
local function substitute( msg, args )
	return args and mw.message.newRawMessage( msg, args ):plain() or msg;
end

--[[--------------------------< E R R O R _ C O M M E N T >----------------------------------------------------

Wraps error messages with css markup according to the state of hidden.
]]
local function error_comment( content, hidden )
	return substitute( hidden and cfg.presentation['hidden-error'] or cfg.presentation['visible-error'], content );
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ E R R O R >--------------------------------------------------------------

Sets an error condition and returns the appropriate error message.  The actual placement of the error message in the output is
the responsibility of the calling function.
]]
local function set_error( error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix )
	local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[ error_id ];
	
	prefix = prefix or "";
	suffix = suffix or "";
	
	if error_state == nil then
		error( cfg.messages['undefined_error'] );
	elseif is_set( error_state.category ) then
		table.insert( z.error_categories, error_state.category );
	end
	
	local message = substitute( error_state.message, arguments );
	
	message = message .. " ([[" .. cfg.messages['help page link'] .. 
		"#" .. error_state.anchor .. "|" ..
		cfg.messages['help page label'] .. "]])";
	
	z.error_ids[ error_id ] = true;
	if in_array( error_id, { 'bare_url_missing_title', 'trans_missing_title' } )
			and z.error_ids['citation_missing_title'] then
		return '', false;
	end
	
	message = table.concat({ prefix, message, suffix });
	
	if raw == true then
		return message, error_state.hidden;
	end		
		
	return error_comment( message, error_state.hidden );
end

--[[--------------------------< A D D _ M A I N T _ C A T >------------------------------------------------------

Adds a category to z.maintenance_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
To prevent duplication, the added_maint_cats table lists the categories by key that have been added to z.maintenance_cats.
]]
local added_maint_cats = {}														-- list of maintenance categories that have been added to z.maintenance_cats
local function add_maint_cat (key, arguments)
	if not added_maint_cats [key] then
		added_maint_cats [key] = true;											-- note that we've added this category
		table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, substitute (cfg.maint_cats [key], arguments));	-- make name then add to table
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------

Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
]]
local added_prop_cats = {}														-- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats
local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
	if not added_prop_cats [key] then
		added_prop_cats [key] = true;											-- note that we've added this category
		table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments));		-- make name then add to table
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------

Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
]]
local added_vanc_errs;															-- flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
local function add_vanc_error ()
	if not added_vanc_errs then
		added_vanc_errs = true;													-- note that we've added this category
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {}, true ) } );
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Determines whether a URL string is valid.

At present the only check is whether the string appears to be prefixed with a URI scheme.  It is not determined whether 
the URI scheme is valid or whether the URL is otherwise well formed.

The scheme is checked http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
	Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
   letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
   ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").

First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then test for the case where the url is
protocol relative (//example.com).  If the first two characters of the |url= value are //, return true.  Last
look for what appears to be a scheme according to the definition above.  If the characters preceding the colon
are in the allowed set, return true, else false
]]
local function check_url( url_str )
	if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then										-- if there are any spaces in |url=value
		return false;
	end
	return url_str:sub(1,2) == "//" or nil ~= url_str:match ("^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:")		-- protocol relative or scheme part composed of legitimate characters
end

--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ I T A L I C S >----------------------------------------------

Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... ''

Note: We cannot use <i> for italics, as the expected behavior for italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that
they will be inverted (i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references.  In addition, <i> and '' tend to interact
poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy.
]]
local function safe_for_italics( str )
	if not is_set(str) then
		return str;
	else
		if str:sub(1,1) == "'" then str = "<bdi></bdi>" .. str; end
		if str:sub(-1,-1) == "'" then str = str .. "<bdi></bdi>"; end
		
		-- Remove newlines as they break italics.
		return str:gsub( '\n', ' ' );
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------

Escape sequences for content that will be used for description in "[URL content]" links.
]]
local function safe_for_url( str )
	if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then 
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
	end
	
	return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {	
		['['] = '&#91;',
		[']'] = '&#93;',
		['\n'] = ' ' } );
end

--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------------

Applies styling to various parameters.  Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one
argument; protects italic styled parameters.  Additional text taken from citation_config.presentation - the reason
this function is similar to but separate from wrap_msg().
]]
local function wrap_style (key, str)
	if not is_set( str ) then
		return "";
	elseif in_array( key, { 'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title' } ) then
		str = safe_for_italics( str );
	end

	return substitute( cfg.presentation[key], {str} );
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------

Format an external link with error checking
]]
local function external_link( URL, label, source )
	local error_str = "";
	if not is_set( label ) then
		label = URL;
		if is_set( source ) then
			error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
		else
			error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
		end			
	end
	if not check_url( URL ) then
		error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
	end
	return table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]", error_str });
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D >----------------------------------------------

Formats a wiki style external link
]]
local function external_link_id(options)
	local url_string = options.id;
	if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then
		url_string = mw.uri.encode( url_string );
	end
	return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[%s%s%s %s]',
		options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
		options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "",
		mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
	);
end

--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------

Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  The function includes the
offending parameter name to the error message.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
parameters in the citation.
]]
local page_in_deprecated_cat;													-- sticky flag so that the category is added only once
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
	if not page_in_deprecated_cat then
		page_in_deprecated_cat = true;											-- note that we've added this category
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } );		-- add error message
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------

Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
	"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
	" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.

Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.
]]
local function kern_quotes (str)
	local cap='';
	local cap2='';
	
	cap, cap2 = str:match ("^([\"\'])([^\'].+)");								-- match leading double or single quote but not double single quotes
	if is_set (cap) then
		str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
	end

	cap, cap2 = str:match ("^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$")
	if is_set (cap) then
		str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
	end
	return str;
end

--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------

|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.

Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.

|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
	|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
	|script-title=ja : *** ***
	|script-title=ja: *** ***
	|script-title=ja :*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***

The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.

Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter=

TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
TODO: match longer codes supported by mw.language:
  ISO639-2 primary language such as 'bod', 'lzh', 'nan', 'nap', 'nds', 'vec' , 'yue',
  or with ISO 15924 script suffix such as 'zh-hans', 'zh-hant',
  or with ISO3166-1 or UN M.49 region code such as 'es-409', 'nds-nl', 'pt-br', 'zh-cn', 'zh-sg', 'zh-tw', 
  or with wikimedia-specific non-standard extlang such as 'map-bms', 'min-nan', 'roa-rup',
  or with wikimedia-specific non-standard dialectal variant suffix such as 'de-formal', 'nl-informal',
  or other legacy wikimedia-specific non-standard codes such as 'simple', 'sr-ec', 'sr-el'.
]]
local function format_script_value (script_value)
	local lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S');	-- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
	if not is_set(lang) then									-- if first non-space characters are language prefix
		return script_value;								-- script_value has no prefix so return it
	end
	local name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "en" );	-- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
	if not is_set (name) then										-- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
		return script_value;										-- script_value has unsupported prefix  so return it
	end
	script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', '');	-- strip prefix from script
	if in_array (lang, { -- is prefix one of these language codes?
			'ab', 'am', 'ar', 'as', 'bg', 'bn', 'bs', 'dv', 'el', 'fa', 'gu', 'he', 'hi', 'hy', 'ja',
			'ka', 'kk', 'kn', 'ko', 'ku', 'lo', 'mk', 'ml', 'mn', 'mr', 'my', 'ne', 'or', 'pa', 'ps',
			'ru', 'sa', 'sd', 'sr', 'ta', 'te', 'th', 'ti', 'uk', 'ug', 'ur', 'yi', 'zh'
	}) then
		add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang});
	else
		add_prop_cat ('script');
	end
	lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert language prefix into a lang attribute
	return substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value});	-- isolate in case script is rtl
end

--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------

Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been 
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
]]

local function script_concatenate (title, script)
	if is_set (script) then
		script = format_script_value (script);									-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
		if is_set (script) then
			title = title .. ' ' .. script;										-- concatenate title and script title
		end
	end
	return title;
end


--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------

Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
configuration taking one argument.  Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates.  Additional text taken
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().

]]

local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
	if not is_set( str ) then
		return "";
	end
	if true == lower then
		local msg;
		msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower();										-- set the message to lower case before 
		str = substitute( msg, {str} );											-- including template text
		return str;
	else
		return substitute( cfg.messages[key], {str} );
	end		
end

--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ O N E >----------------------------------------------------------

Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider
Generates an error if more than one match is present.

]]

local function select_one( args, possible, error_condition, index )
	local value = nil;
	local selected = '';
	local error_list = {};
	
	if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end
	
	-- Handle special case of "#" replaced by empty string
	if index == '1' then
		for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
			v = v:gsub( "#", "" );
			if is_set(args[v]) then
				if value ~= nil and selected ~= v then
					table.insert( error_list, v );
				else
					value = args[v];
					selected = v;
				end
			end
		end		
	end
	
	for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
		if index ~= nil then
			v = v:gsub( "#", index );
		end
		if is_set(args[v]) then
			if value ~= nil and selected ~=  v then
				table.insert( error_list, v );
			else
				value = args[v];
				selected = v;
			end
		end
	end
	
	if #error_list > 0 then
		local error_str = "";
		for _, k in ipairs( error_list ) do
			if error_str ~= "" then error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-separator'] end
			error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', k);
		end
		if #error_list > 1 then
			error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-final-separator'];
		else
			error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-pair-separator'];
		end
		error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', selected);
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( error_condition, {error_str}, true ) } );
	end
	
	return value, selected;
end

--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------

Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).

]]

local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source)
	local chapter_error = '';
	
	if not is_set (chapter) then
		chapter = '';															-- to be safe for concatenation
	else
		chapter = kern_quotes (chapter);										-- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
		chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
	end

	chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter)						-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped

	if is_set (transchapter) then
		transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
		if is_set (chapter) then
			chapter = chapter ..  ' ' .. transchapter;
		else																	-- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
			chapter = transchapter;												-- 
			chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'});
		end
	end

	if is_set (chapterurl) then
		chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source);		-- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
	end

	return chapter .. chapter_error;
end


--[[
Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument 
mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names
can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
]]

local function argument_wrapper( args )
	local origin = {};
	
	return setmetatable({
		ORIGIN = function( self, k )
			local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
			return origin[k];
		end
	},
	{
		__index = function ( tbl, k )
			if origin[k] ~= nil then
				return nil;
			end
			
			local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
			
			if type( list ) == 'table' then
				v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
				if origin[k] == nil then
					origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
				end
			elseif list ~= nil then
				v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
			else
				-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
				-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
				error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
			end
			
			-- Empty strings, not nil;
			if v == nil then
				v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
				origin[k] = '';
			end
			
			tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
			return v;
		end,
	});
end

--[[
Looks for a parameter's name in the whitelist.

Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
	true - active, supported parameters
	false - deprecated, supported parameters
	nil - unsupported parameters
]]

local function validate( name )
	local name = tostring( name );
	local state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ];
	
	-- Normal arguments
	if true == state then return true; end		-- valid actively supported parameter
	if false == state then
		deprecated_parameter (name);				-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
		return true;
	end
	
	-- Arguments with numbers in them
	name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" );				-- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#
	state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ];
	if true == state then return true; end		-- valid actively supported parameter
	if false == state then
		deprecated_parameter (name);				-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
		return true;
	end
	
	return false;								-- Not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end


-- Formats a wiki style internal link
local function internal_link_id(options)
	return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[[%s%s%s|%s]]',
		options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
		options.prefix, options.id, options.suffix or "",
		mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
	);
end


--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------

When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.  When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY

DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.

]]

local function nowrap_date (date)
	local cap='';
	local cap2='';

	if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
		date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
	
	elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s*%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s*%d%d%d%d$") then
		cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
		date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
	end
	
	return date;
end

--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N >-----------------------------------------------------

ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all isbn/issn digits including the check digit. ISBN-13 is checked in check_isbn().
If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, issbn/issn must be checked for length and stripped of dashes,
spaces and other non-isxn characters.

]]

local function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len)
	local temp = 0;
	isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) };	-- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9'  → 0x39, 'X' → 0x58
	len = len+1;							-- adjust to be a loop counter
	for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do		-- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum
		if v == string.byte( "X" ) then		-- if checkdigit is X (compares the byte value of 'X' which is 0x58)
			temp = temp + 10*( len - i );	-- it represents 10 decimal
		else
			temp = temp + tonumber( string.char(v) )*(len-i);
		end
	end
	return temp % 11 == 0;					-- returns true if calculation result is zero
end


--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N  _ 1 3 >----------------------------------------------

ISBN-13 and ISMN validator code calculates checksum across all 13 isbn/ismn digits including the check digit.
If the number is valid, the result will be 0. Before calling this function, isbn-13/ismn must be checked for length
and stripped of dashes, spaces and other non-isxn-13 characters.

]]

local function is_valid_isxn_13 (isxn_str)
	local temp=0;
	
	isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, 13) };										-- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9'  → 0x39
	for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do
		temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber( string.char(v) );				-- multiply odd index digits by 1, even index digits by 3 and sum; includes check digit
	end
	return temp % 10 == 0;														-- sum modulo 10 is zero when isbn-13/ismn is correct
end

--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ I S B N >------------------------------------------------------------

Determines whether an ISBN string is valid

]]

local function check_isbn( isbn_str )
	if nil ~= isbn_str:match("[^%s-0-9X]") then return false; end		-- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X
	isbn_str = isbn_str:gsub( "-", "" ):gsub( " ", "" );	-- remove hyphens and spaces
	local len = isbn_str:len();
 
	if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then
		return false;
	end

	if len == 10 then
		if isbn_str:match( "^%d*X?$" ) == nil then return false; end
		return is_valid_isxn(isbn_str, 10);
	else
		local temp = 0;
		if isbn_str:match( "^97[89]%d*$" ) == nil then return false; end		-- isbn13 begins with 978 or 979; ismn begins with 979
		return is_valid_isxn_13 (isbn_str);
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ I S M N >------------------------------------------------------------

Determines whether an ISMN string is valid.  Similar to isbn-13, ismn is 13 digits begining 979-0-... and uses the
same check digit calculations.  See http://www.ismn-international.org/download/Web_ISMN_Users_Manual_2008-6.pdf
section 2, pages 9–12.

]]

local function ismn (id)
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISMN'];
	local text;
	local valid_ismn = true;

	id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" );													-- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the ismn

	if 13 ~= id:len() or id:match( "^9790%d*$" ) == nil then					-- ismn must be 13 digits and begin 9790
		valid_ismn = false;
	else
		valid_ismn=is_valid_isxn_13 (id);										-- validate ismn
	end

--	text = internal_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,		-- use this (or external version) when there is some place to link to
--		prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
 
	text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]" .. handler.separator .. id;		-- because no place to link to yet

	if false == valid_ismn then
		text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ismn' )							-- add an error message if the issn is invalid
	end 
	
	return text;
end

--[[--------------------------< I S S N >----------------------------------------------------------------------

Validate and format an issn.  This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but has separated the two groups of four
digits with a space.  When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked like this:

	|issn=0819 4327 gives: [http://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327]  -- can't have spaces in an external link
	
This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the issn midpoint.  It also validates the issn for length and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees
with the calculated value.  Incorrect length (8 digits), characters other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check issn
error message.  The issn is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the issn was given as a single group of 8 digits.

]]

local function issn(id)
	local issn_copy = id;		-- save a copy of unadulterated issn; use this version for display if issn does not validate
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISSN'];
	local text;
	local valid_issn = true;

	id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" );									-- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the issn

	if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match( "^%d*X?$" ) then		-- validate the issn: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position
		valid_issn=false;										-- wrong length or improper character
	else
		valid_issn=is_valid_isxn(id, 8);						-- validate issn
	end

	if true == valid_issn then
		id = string.sub( id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub( id, 5 );	-- if valid, display correctly formatted version
	else
		id = issn_copy;											-- if not valid, use the show the invalid issn with error message
	end
	
	text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
		prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
 
	if false == valid_issn then
		text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_issn' )			-- add an error message if the issn is invalid
	end 
	
	return text
end

--[[--------------------------< A M A Z O N >------------------------------------------------------------------

Formats a link to Amazon.  Do simple error checking: asin must be mix of 10 numeric or uppercase alpha
characters.  If a mix, first character must be uppercase alpha; if all numeric, asins must be 10-digit
isbn. If 10-digit isbn, add a maintenance category so a bot or awb script can replace |asin= with |isbn=.
Error message if not 10 characters, if not isbn10, if mixed and first character is a digit.

]]

local function amazon(id, domain)
	local err_cat = ""

	if not id:match("^[%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u]$") then
		err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin');								-- asin is not a mix of 10 uppercase alpha and numeric characters
	else
		if id:match("^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$") then								-- if 10-digit numeric (or 9 digits with terminal X)
			if check_isbn( id ) then												-- see if asin value is isbn10
				add_maint_cat ('ASIN');
			elseif not is_set (err_cat) then
				err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin');						-- asin is not isbn10
			end
		elseif not id:match("^%u[%d%u]+$") then
			err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin');							-- asin doesn't begin with uppercase alpha
		end
	end
	if not is_set(domain) then 
		domain = "com";
	elseif in_array (domain, {'jp', 'uk'}) then			-- Japan, United Kingdom
		domain = "co." .. domain;
	elseif in_array (domain, {'au', 'br', 'mx'}) then	-- Australia, Brazil, Mexico
		domain = "com." .. domain;
	end
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ASIN'];
	return external_link_id({link=handler.link,
		label=handler.label, prefix=handler.prefix .. domain .. "/dp/",
		id=id, encode=handler.encode, separator = handler.separator}) .. err_cat;
end

--[[--------------------------< A R X I V >--------------------------------------------------------------------

See: http://arxiv.org/help/arxiv_identifier

format and error check arXiv identifier.  There are three valid forms of the identifier:
the first form, valid only between date codes 9108 and 0703 is:
	arXiv:<archive>.<class>/<date code><number><version>
where:
	<archive> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
	<class> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
	<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
		first digit of YY for this form can only 9 and 0
	<number> is a three-digit number
	<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces (undocumented)
	
the second form, valid from April 2007 through December 2014 is:
	arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
	<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
	<number> is a four-digit number
	<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces

the third form, valid from January 2015 is:
	arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
	<date code> and <version> are as defined for 0704-1412
	<number> is a five-digit number
]]

local function arxiv (id, class)
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ARXIV'];
	local year, month, version;
	local err_cat = '';
	local text;
	
	if id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then	-- test for the 9108-0703 format w/ & w/o version
		year, month = id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/([90]%d)([01]%d)%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
		year = tonumber(year);
		month = tonumber(month);
		if ((not (90 < year or 8 > year)) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or		-- if invalid year or invalid month
			((91 == year and 7 > month) or (7 == year and 3 < month)) then		-- if years ok, are starting and ending months ok?
				err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' );						-- set error message
		end
	elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then	-- test for the 0704-1412 w/ & w/o version
		year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
		year = tonumber(year);
		month = tonumber(month);
		if ((7 > year) or (14 < year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or			-- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
			((7 == year) and (4 > month)) then --or									-- when year is 07, is month invalid (before April)?
				err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' );						-- set error message
		end
	elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then	-- test for the 1501- format w/ & w/o version
		year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
		year = tonumber(year);
		month = tonumber(month);
		if ((15 > year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) then						-- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' );							-- set error message
		end
	else
		err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' );								-- arXiv id doesn't match any format
	end

	text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;

	if is_set (class) then
		class = ' [[' .. '//arxiv.org/archive/' .. class .. ' ' .. class .. ']]';	-- external link within square brackets, not wikilink
	else
		class = '';																-- empty string for concatenation
	end
	
	return text .. class;
end

--[[
lccn normalization (http://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization)
1. Remove all blanks.
2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash.
3. If there is a hyphen in the string:
	a. Remove it.
	b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out):
		1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function)
		2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six.

Returns a normalized lccn for lccn() to validate.  There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function.
]]

local function normalize_lccn (lccn)
	lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", "");									-- 1. strip whitespace

	if nil ~= string.find (lccn,'/') then
		lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/");								-- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it
	end

	local prefix
	local suffix
	prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)");						-- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix

	if nil ~= suffix then											-- if there was a hyphen
		suffix=string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix;	-- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6
		lccn=prefix..suffix;										-- reassemble the lccn
	end
	
	return lccn;
	end

--[[
Format LCCN link and do simple error checking.  LCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the
rightmost eight are always digits. http://info-uri.info/registry/OAIHandler?verb=GetRecord&metadataPrefix=reg&identifier=info:lccn/

length = 8 then all digits
length = 9 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha
length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 11 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha

]]

local function lccn(lccn)
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['LCCN'];
	local err_cat =  '';								-- presume that LCCN is valid
	local id = lccn;									-- local copy of the lccn

	id = normalize_lccn (id);							-- get canonical form (no whitespace, hyphens, forward slashes)
	local len = id:len();								-- get the length of the lccn

	if 8 == len then
		if id:match("[^%d]") then						-- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits)
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' );	-- set an error message
		end
	elseif 9 == len then								-- LCCN should be adddddddd
		if nil == id:match("%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then			-- does it match our pattern?
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' );	-- set an error message
		end
	elseif 10 == len then								-- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd
		if id:match("[^%d]") then							-- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ...
			if nil == id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then	-- ... see if it matches our pattern
				err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' );	-- no match, set an error message
			end
		end
	elseif 11 == len then								-- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd
		if not (id:match("^%l%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then	-- see if it matches one of our patterns
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' );	-- no match, set an error message
		end
	elseif 12 == len then								-- LCCN should be aadddddddddd
		if not id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then	-- see if it matches our pattern
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' );	-- no match, set an error message
		end
	else
		err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' );		-- wrong length, set an error message
	end

	if not is_set (err_cat) and nil ~= lccn:find ('%s') then
		err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' );		-- lccn contains a space, set an error message
	end

	return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=lccn,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end

--[[
Format PMID and do simple error checking.  PMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMID to see that it
contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued.
]]

local function pmid(id)
	local test_limit = 35400000;						-- update this value as PMIDs approach
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMID'];
	local err_cat =  '';								-- presume that PMID is valid
	
	if id:match("[^%d]") then							-- if PMID has anything but digits
		err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' );		-- set an error message
	else												-- PMID is only digits
		local id_num = tonumber(id);					-- convert id to a number for range testing
		if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then		-- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' );	-- set an error message
		end
	end
	
	return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end

--[[--------------------------< I S _ E M B A R G O E D >------------------------------------------------------

Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |embargo= against today's date.  If embargo date is
in the future, returns the content of |embargo=; otherwise, returns and empty string because the embargo has expired or because
|embargo= was not set in this cite.

]]

local function is_embargoed (embargo)
	if is_set (embargo) then
		local lang = mw.getContentLanguage();
		local good1, embargo_date, good2, todays_date;
		good1, embargo_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo );
		good2, todays_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U' );
	
		if good1 and good2 then													-- if embargo date and today's date are good dates
			if tonumber( embargo_date ) >= tonumber( todays_date ) then			-- is embargo date is in the future?
				return embargo;													-- still embargoed
			else
				add_maint_cat ('embargo')
				return '';														-- unset because embargo has expired
			end
		end
	end
	return '';																	-- |embargo= not set return empty string
end

--[[--------------------------< P M C >------------------------------------------------------------------------

Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles.

The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future the PMC identifier will not
be linked to the article.  If the embargo date is today or in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then the
PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix.

PMC embargo date testing is done in function is_embargoed () which is called earlier because when the citation
has |pmc=<value> but does not have a |url= then |title= is linked with the PMC link.  Function is_embargoed ()
returns the embargo date if the PMC article is still embargoed, otherwise it returns an empty string.

PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less
than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued.

]]

local function pmc(id, embargo)
	local test_limit = 8700000;							-- update this value as PMCs approach
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'];
	local err_cat =  '';								-- presume that PMC is valid
	
	local text;

	if id:match("[^%d]") then							-- if PMC has anything but digits
		err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' );			-- set an error message
	else												-- PMC is only digits
		local id_num = tonumber(id);					-- convert id to a number for range testing
		if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then		-- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' );		-- set an error message
		end
	end
	
	if is_set (embargo) then													-- is PMC is still embargoed?
		text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. handler.separator .. id .. err_cat;	-- still embargoed so no external link
	else
		text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,			-- no embargo date or embargo has expired, ok to link to article
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
	end
	return text;
end

-- Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors.

-- DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.
--  Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code
--  Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant

-- This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffix.  If the doi name contains spaces or endashes,
-- or, if it ends with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message.

-- DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash,
-- and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in doi names.

local function doi(id, inactive)
	local cat = ""
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'];
	
	local text;
	if is_set(inactive) then
		local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d") or '';		-- try to get the year portion from the inactive date
		text = "[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. id;
		if is_set(inactive_year) then
			table.insert( z.error_categories, "Pages with DOIs inactive since " .. inactive_year );
		else
			table.insert( z.error_categories, "Pages with inactive DOIs" );	-- when inactive doesn't contain a recognizable year
		end
		inactive = " (" .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. " " .. inactive .. ")" 
	else 
		text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
		inactive = "" 
	end

	if nil == id:match("^10%.[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then	-- doi must begin with '10.', must contain a fwd slash, must not contain spaces or endashes, and must not end with period or comma
		cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_doi' );
	end
	return text .. inactive .. cat 
end

-- Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors.
local function openlibrary(id)
	local code = id:match("^%d+([AMW])$");					-- only digits followed by 'A', 'M', or 'W'
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['OL'];

	if ( code == "A" ) then
		return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix .. 'authors/OL',
			id=id, separator=handler.separator,	encode = handler.encode})
	elseif ( code == "M" ) then
		return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix .. 'books/OL',
			id=id, separator=handler.separator,	encode = handler.encode})
	elseif ( code == "W" ) then
		return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix .. 'works/OL',
			id=id, separator=handler.separator,	encode = handler.encode})
	else
		return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix .. 'OL',
			id=id, separator=handler.separator,	encode = handler.encode}) .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ol' );
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< M E S S A G E _ I D >----------------------------------------------------------

Validate and format a usenet message id.  Simple error checking, looks for 'id-left@id-right' not enclosed in
'<' and/or '>' angle brackets.

]]

local function message_id (id)
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['USENETID'];

	text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
		prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
 
	if not id:match('^.+@.+$') or not id:match('^[^<].*[^>]$')then				-- doesn't have '@' or has one or first or last character is '< or '>'
		text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_message_id' )						-- add an error message if the message id is invalid
	end 
	
	return text
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------

This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).

]]

local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
	if is_set(title_type) then
		if "none" == title_type then
			title_type = "";													-- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
		end
		return title_type;														-- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
	end

	return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or '';									-- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
end

--[[--------------------------< C L E A N _ I S B N >----------------------------------------------------------

Removes irrelevant text and dashes from ISBN number
Similar to that used for Special:BookSources

]]

local function clean_isbn( isbn_str )
	return isbn_str:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" );
end

--[[--------------------------< E S C A P E _ L U A _ M A G I C _ C H A R S >----------------------------------

Returns a string where all of lua's magic characters have been escaped.  This is important because functions like
string.gsub() treat their pattern and replace strings as patterns, not literal strings.
]]
local function escape_lua_magic_chars (argument)
	argument = argument:gsub("%%", "%%%%");										-- replace % with %%
	argument = argument:gsub("([%^%$%(%)%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])", "%%%1");				-- replace all other lua magic pattern characters
	return argument;
end

--[[--------------------------< S T R I P _ A P O S T R O P H E _ M A R K U P >--------------------------------

Strip wiki italic and bold markup from argument so that it doesn't contaminate COinS metadata.
This function strips common patterns of apostrophe markup.  We presume that editors who have taken the time to
markup a title have, as a result, provided valid markup. When they don't, some single apostrophes are left behind.

]]

local function strip_apostrophe_markup (argument)
	if not is_set (argument) then return argument; end

	while true do
		if argument:match ("%'%'%'%'%'") then									-- bold italic (5)
			argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'%'", "");							-- remove all instances of it
		elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'%'") then									-- italic start and end without content (4)
			argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'", "");
		elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'") then									-- bold (3)
			argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'", "");
		elseif argument:match ("%'%'") then										-- italic (2)
			argument=argument:gsub("%'%'", "");
		else
			break;
		end
	end
	return argument;															-- done
end

--[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ T I T L E >----------------------------------------------

Makes a title for COinS from Title and / or ScriptTitle (or any other name-script pairs)

Apostrophe markup (bold, italics) is stripped from each value so that the COinS metadata isn't correupted with strings
of %27%27...
]]

local function make_coins_title (title, script)
	if is_set (title) then
		title = strip_apostrophe_markup (title);								-- strip any apostrophe markup
	else
		title='';																-- if not set, make sure title is an empty string
	end
	if is_set (script) then
		script = script:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', '');								-- remove language prefix if present (script value may now be empty string)
		script = strip_apostrophe_markup (script);								-- strip any apostrophe markup
	else
		script='';																-- if not set, make sure script is an empty string
	end
	if is_set (title) and is_set (script) then
		script = ' ' .. script;													-- add a space before we concatenate
	end
	return title .. script;														-- return the concatenation
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ C O I N S _ P A G E S >------------------------------------------------

Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS.

]]

local function get_coins_pages (pages)
	local pattern;
	if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end								-- if no page numbers then we're done
	
	while true do
		pattern = pages:match("%[(%w*:?//[^ ]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]");					-- pattern is the opening bracket, the url and following space(s): "[url "
		if nil == pattern then break; end										-- no more urls
		pattern = escape_lua_magic_chars (pattern);								-- pattern is not a literal string; escape lua's magic pattern characters
		pages = pages:gsub(pattern, "");										-- remove as many instances of pattern as possible
	end
	pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", "");											-- remove the brackets
	pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" );							-- replace endashes with hyphens
	pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" );						-- and replace html entities (&ndash; etc.) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like &#32; and the like?
	return pages;
end

-- Gets the display text for a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B
local function remove_wiki_link( str )
	return (str:gsub( "%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]", function(l)
		return l:gsub( "^[^|]*|(.*)$", "%1" ):gsub("^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1");
	end));
end

-- Converts a hyphen to a dash
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
	if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
		return str;
	end	
	return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
end

--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------

Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.

]]

local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
	--[[
	Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
	
	This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as 
	long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII.  The strings
	in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
	]]
	
	local str = '';																-- the output string
	local comp = '';															-- what does 'comp' mean?
	local end_chr = '';
	local trim;
	for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
		if value == nil then value = ''; end
		
		if str == '' then														-- if output string is empty
			str = value;														-- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
		elseif value ~= '' then
			if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then										-- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
				comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" );								-- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
			else
				comp = value;
			end
																				-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
			if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then								-- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
																				--   Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th
																				--   preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
				trim = false;
				end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1);										-- get the last character of the output string
				-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")"					-- debug stuff?
				if end_chr == duplicate_char then								-- if same as separator
					str = str:sub(1,-2);										-- remove it
				elseif end_chr == "'" then										-- if it might be wikimarkup
					if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then			-- if last three chars of str are sepc'' 
						str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''";							-- remove them and add back ''
					elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then		-- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' 
						trim = true;											-- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
					elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then		-- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' 
						trim = true;											-- same question
					end
				elseif end_chr == "]" then										-- if it might be wikimarkup
					if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then			-- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink 
						trim = true;
					elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then			-- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
						trim = true;
					elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then		-- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
						trim = true;
					end
				elseif end_chr == " " then										-- if last char of output string is a space
					if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then				-- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
						str = str:sub(1,-3);									-- remove them both
					end
				end

				if trim then
					if value ~= comp then 										-- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
						local dup2 = duplicate_char;
						if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end		-- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
						
						value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 )			-- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
					else
						value = value:sub( 2, -1 );								-- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
					end
				end
			end
			str = str .. value;													--add it to the output string
		end
	end
	return str;
end  

--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------

For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.

This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F

|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods

At the time of this writing, I had to write the 'if nil == mw.ustring.find ...' test ouside of the code editor and paste it here
because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.

]]

local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
	if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]*$") then
		add_vanc_error ();
		return false;															-- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver required Romanization
	end;
	return true;
end

--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------

Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc.  

Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.

Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  This form is not
currently supported by this code so correctly formed names like Smith JL 2nd are converted to Smith J2. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.

This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().

]]

local function reduce_to_initials(first)
	if mw.ustring.match(first, "^%u%u$") then return first end;					-- when first contains just two upper-case letters, nothing to do
	local initials = {}
	local i = 0;																-- counter for number of initials
	for word in mw.ustring.gmatch(first, "[^%s%.%-]+") do						-- names separated by spaces, hyphens, or periods
		table.insert(initials, mw.ustring.sub(word,1,1))						-- Vancouver format does not include full stops.
		i = i + 1;																-- bump the counter 
		if 2 <= i then break; end												-- only two initials allowed in Vancouver system; if 2, quit
	end
	return table.concat(initials)												-- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end

--[[--------------------------< L I S T  _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------

Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors) 

]]

local function list_people(control, people, etal)
	local sep;
	local namesep;
	local format = control.format
	local maximum = control.maximum
	local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
	local text = {}

	if 'vanc' == format then													-- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
		sep = ',';																-- name-list separator between authors is a comma
		namesep = ' ';															-- last/first separator is a space
	else
		sep = ';'																-- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
		namesep = ', '															-- last/first separator is <comma><space>
	end
	
	if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
	if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end					-- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
	
	for i,person in ipairs(people) do
		if is_set(person.last) then
			local mask = person.mask
			local one
			local sep_one = sep;
			if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
				etal = true;
				break;
			elseif (mask ~= nil) then
				local n = tonumber(mask)
				if (n ~= nil) then
					one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
				else
					one = mask;
					sep_one = " ";
				end
			else
				one = person.last
				local first = person.first
				if is_set(first) then 
					if ( "vanc" == format ) then								-- if vancouver format
						one = one:gsub ('%.', '');								-- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
						if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then					-- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
							first = reduce_to_initials(first)					-- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
						end
					end
					one = one .. namesep .. first 
				end
				if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
					one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]"				-- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
				end

				if is_set(person.link) and ((nil ~= person.link:find("//")) or (nil ~= person.link:find("[%[%]]"))) then
					one = one .. " " .. set_error( 'bad_authorlink' ) end		-- url or wikilink in author link;
			end
			table.insert( text, one )
			table.insert( text, sep_one )
		end
	end

	local count = #text / 2;													-- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
	if count > 0 then 
		if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
			text[#text-2] = " & ";												-- replace last separator with ampersand text
		end
		text[#text] = nil;														-- erase the last separator
	end
	
	local result = table.concat(text)											-- construct list
	if etal and is_set (result) then											-- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
		result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al'];						-- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al.
	end
	
	return result, count
end

--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------

Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise returns an empty string.

]]

local function anchor_id( options )
	local id = table.concat( options );											-- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
	if is_set (id) then															-- if concatenation is not an empty string
		return "CITEREF" .. id;													-- add the CITEREF portion
	else
		return '';																-- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------

Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al.  If found,
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.

This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by
previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal

]]

local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat)

	if is_set (name) then														-- name can be nil in which case just return
		local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[Ee][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$"	-- variations on the 'et al' theme
		local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers";					-- and alternate to et al.
		
		if name:match (etal_pattern) then										-- variants on et al.
			name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, '');								-- if found, remove
			etal = true;														-- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
			if not nocat then													-- no categorization for |vauthors=
				add_maint_cat ('etal');											-- and add a category if not already added
			end
		elseif name:match (others_pattern) then									-- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'?
			name = name:gsub (others_pattern, '');								-- if found, remove
			etal = true;														-- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
			if not nocat then													-- no categorization for |vauthors=
				add_maint_cat ('etal');											-- and add a category if not already added
			end
		end
	end
	return name, etal;															-- 
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
Gets name list from the input arguments

Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.

This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.

When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps 'et al.' out of the 
template's metadata.  When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.

]]

local function extract_names(args, list_name)
	local names = {};			-- table of names
	local last;					-- individual name components
	local first;
	local link;
	local mask;
	local i = 1;				-- loop counter/indexer
	local n = 1;				-- output table indexer
	local count = 0;			-- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
	local etal=false;			-- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter

	local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list';		-- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary
	while true do
		last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i );		-- search through args for name components beginning at 1
		first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
		link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
		mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );

		last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false);								-- find and remove variations on et al.
		first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false);								-- find and remove variations on et al.

		if first and not last then												-- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } );	-- add this error message
		elseif not first and not last then										-- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
			count = count + 1;													-- number of times we haven't found last and first
			if 2 <= count then													-- two missing names and we give up
				break;															-- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
			end
		else																	-- we have last with or without a first
			names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false};	-- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
			n = n + 1;															-- point to next location in the names table
			if 1 == count then													-- if the previous name was missing
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } );		-- add this error message
			end
			count = 0;															-- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
		end
		i = i + 1;																-- point to next args location
	end
	
	return names, etal;															-- all done, return our list of names
end

-- Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings
local function extract_ids( args )
	local id_list = {};
	for k, v in pairs( cfg.id_handlers ) do	
		v = select_one( args, v.parameters, 'redundant_parameters' );
		if is_set(v) then id_list[k] = v; end
	end
	return id_list;
end

--[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ I D _ L I S T >--------------------------------------------------------

Takes a table of IDs and turns it into a table of formatted ID outputs.

]]

local function build_id_list( id_list, options )
	local new_list, handler = {};

	function fallback(k) return { __index = function(t,i) return cfg.id_handlers[k][i] end } end;
	
	for k, v in pairs( id_list ) do
		-- fallback to read-only cfg
		handler = setmetatable( { ['id'] = v }, fallback(k) );
		
		if handler.mode == 'external' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, external_link_id( handler ) } );
		elseif handler.mode == 'internal' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, internal_link_id( handler ) } );
		elseif handler.mode ~= 'manual' then
			error( cfg.messages['unknown_ID_mode'] );
		elseif k == 'DOI' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, doi( v, options.DoiBroken ) } );
		elseif k == 'ARXIV' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, arxiv( v, options.Class ) } ); 
		elseif k == 'ASIN' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, amazon( v, options.ASINTLD ) } ); 
		elseif k == 'LCCN' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, lccn( v ) } );
		elseif k == 'OL' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, openlibrary( v ) } );
		elseif k == 'PMC' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmc( v, options.Embargo ) } );
		elseif k == 'PMID' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmid( v ) } );
		elseif k == 'ISMN' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ismn( v ) } );
		elseif k == 'ISSN' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, issn( v ) } );
		elseif k == 'ISBN' then
			local ISBN = internal_link_id( handler );
			if not check_isbn( v ) and not is_set(options.IgnoreISBN) then
				ISBN = ISBN .. set_error( 'bad_isbn', {}, false, " ", "" );
			end
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ISBN } );				
		elseif k == 'USENETID' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, message_id( v ) } );
		else
			error( cfg.messages['unknown_manual_ID'] );
		end
	end
	
	function comp( a, b )	-- used in following table.sort()
		return a[1] < b[1];
	end
	
	table.sort( new_list, comp );
	for k, v in ipairs( new_list ) do
		new_list[k] = v[2];
	end
	
	return new_list;
end
  

--[[--------------------------< C O I N S >--------------------------------------------------------------------

COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse the citation information.

]]

local function COinS(data, class)
	if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then
		return '';
	end
	
	local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004";
	
	-- treat table strictly as an array with only set values.
	local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, {
		__newindex = function(self, key, value)
			if is_set(value) then
				rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( remove_wiki_link( value ) ) } );
			end
		end
	});
	
	if in_array (class, {'citation', 'conference', 'interview', 'press release'}) and is_set(data.Periodical) then
		OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal";
		OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article";
		OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical;
		OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title;
	elseif in_array (class, {'arxiv', 'journal', 'news'}) then
		OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal";
		if 'arxiv' == class then
			OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "preprint";								-- cite arxiv
		else
			OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article";
		end
		OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical;
		OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title;
	else
		OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
		if is_set (data.Chapter) then
			OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem";
			OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter;
		else
			OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "book"
		end
		OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title;
	end

	OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace;
	OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date;
	OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series;
	OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume;
	OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue;
	OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages;
	OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition;
	OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName;
	
	for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do
		local id, value = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;
		if k == 'ISBN' then value = clean_isbn( v ); else value = v; end
		if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then
			OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
		else
			OCinSoutput[ id ] = value;
		end
	end
	
	local last, first;
	for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do
		last, first = v.last, v.first;
		if k == 1 then															-- for the first author name only
			if is_set(last)  and is_set(first) then								-- set these COinS values if |first= and |last= specify the first author name
				OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last;
				OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first;
			elseif is_set(last) then 
				OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last;									-- otherwise use this form for the first name
			end
		else																	-- for all other authors
			if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then
				OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first };
			elseif is_set(last) then
				OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last;
			end
		end
	end

	OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL;
	OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage };
	OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil );
	
	-- sort with version string always first, and combine.
	table.sort( OCinSoutput );
	table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver );  -- such as "Z39.88-2004"
	return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&");
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------

Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 code.  Handles the special case that is Norwegian where
ISO639-1 code 'no' is mapped to language name 'Norwegian Bokmål' by Extention:CLDR.

Returns the language name and associated ISO639-1 code.  Because case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that Wikimedia
uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along
with the code.  When there is no match, we return the original language name string.

mw.language.fetchLanguageNames() will return a list of languages that aren't part of ISO639-1. Names that aren't ISO639-1 but that are included
in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter.  For example, if |language=Samaritan Aramaic, that name will be
found with the associated code 'sam', not an ISO639-1 code.  When names are found and the associated code is not two characters, this function
returns only the Wikimedia language name.

Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.

]]

local function get_iso639_code (lang)
	if 'norwegian' == lang:lower() then											-- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'no' at Extension:CLDR
		return 'Norwegian', 'no';												-- Make sure rendered version is properly capitalized
	end
	
	local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames('en', 'all')				-- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
																				-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
	local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang);										-- lower case version for comparisons
	
	for code, name in pairs(languages) do										-- scan the list to see if we can find our language
		if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
			if 2 ~= code:len() then												-- ISO639-1 codes only
				return name;													-- so return the name but not the code
			end
			return name, code;													-- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the ISO639-1 code
		end
	end
	return lang;																-- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for ISO639-1 code
end

--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------

Get language name from ISO639-1 code value provided.  If a code is valid use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.

There is an exception.  There are three ISO639-1 codes for Norewegian language variants.  There are two official variants: Norwegian Bokmål (code 'nb') and
Norwegian Nynorsk (code 'nn').  The third, code 'no',  is defined by ISO639-1 as 'Norwegian' though in Norway this is pretty much meaningless.  However, it appears
that on enwiki, editors are for the most part unaware of the nb and nn variants (compare page counts for these variants at Category:Articles with non-English-language external links.

Because Norwegian Bokmål is the most common language variant, Media wiki has been modified to return Norwegian Bokmål for ISO639-1 code 'no'. Here we undo that and
return 'Norwegian' when editors use |language=no.  We presume that editors don't know about the variants or can't descriminate between them.

See Help talk:Citation Style_1#An ISO 639-1 language name test

When |language= contains a valid ISO639-1 code, the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no) if
the page is a mainspace page and the ISO639-1 code is not 'en'.  Similarly, if the  parameter is |language=Norwegian, it will be categorized in the same way.

This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas.

]]

local function language_parameter (lang)
	local code;																	-- the ISO639-1 two character code
	local name;																	-- the language name
	local language_list = {};													-- table of language names to be rendered
	local names_table = {};														-- table made from the value assigned to |language=

	names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*');								-- names should be a comma separated list

	for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do										-- reuse lang

		if 2 == lang:len() then													-- ISO639-1 language code are 2 characters (fetchLanguageName also supports 3 character codes)
			name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), "en" );			-- get ISO 639-1 language name if Language is a proper code
		end
	
		if is_set (name) then													-- if Language specified a valid ISO639-1 code
			code = lang:lower();												-- save it
		else
			name, code = get_iso639_code (lang);								-- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
		end
	
		if is_set (code) then
			if 'no' == code then name = 'Norwegian' end;						-- override wikimedia when code is 'no'
			if 'en' ~= code then												-- English not the language
				add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source', {name, code})
			end
		else
			add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang');										-- add maint category if not already added
		end
		
		table.insert (language_list, name);
		name = '';																-- so we can reuse it
	end
	
	code = #language_list														-- reuse code as number of languages in the list
	if 2 >= code then
		name = table.concat (language_list, ' and ')							-- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
	elseif 2 < code then
		language_list[code] = 'and ' .. language_list[code];					-- prepend last name with 'and<space>'
		name = table.concat (language_list, ', ')								-- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
	end
	if 'English' == name then
		return '';																-- if one language and that language is English return an enpty string (no annotation)
	end
	return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name));								-- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------

Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings

]]

local function set_cs1_style (ps)
	if not is_set (ps) then														-- unless explicitely set to something
		ps = '.';																-- terminate the rendered citation with a period
	end
	return '.', ps;																-- separator is a full stop
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------

Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings

]]

local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
	if not is_set (ps) then														-- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
		ps = '';																-- make sure it isn't nil
	end
	if not is_set (ref) then													-- if |ref= is not set
		ref = "harv";															-- set default |ref=harv
	end
	return ',', ps, ref;														-- separator is a comma
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------

When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
rendered style.

]]

local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
	local sep;
	if (cite_class == "citation") then											-- for citation templates (CS2)
		sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
	else																		-- not a citation template so CS1
		sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
	end

	return sep, ps, ref															-- return them all
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------

Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation.  Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.

]]

local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
	local sep;
	if 'cs2' == mode then														-- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
		sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
	elseif 'cs1' == mode then													-- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
		sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
	else																		-- anything but cs1 or cs2
		sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class);		-- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
	end
	if 'none' == ps:lower() then												-- if assigned value is 'none' then
		ps = '';																-- set to empty string
	end
	
	return sep, ps, ref
end

--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------

Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
applying the pdf icon to external links.

returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extension, else false

]=]

local function is_pdf (url)
	return url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]?') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]?');
end

--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------

Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
not have a matching url parameter.  If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.

]]

local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
	if is_set (format) then
		format = wrap_style ('format', format);									-- add leading space, parenthases, resize
		if not is_set (url) then
			format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} );	-- add an error message
		end
	elseif is_pdf (url) then													-- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
		format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF');									-- set format to pdf
	else
		format = '';															-- empty string for concatenation
	end
	return format;
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------

Returns a number that may or may not limit the length of the author or editor name lists.

When the value assigned to |display-authors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
some variant of the text 'et al.').

When the value assigned to |display-authors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.  This will cause the list_people() to display all of
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'

In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.

]]

local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal)
	if is_set (max) then
		if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then						-- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
			max = count + 1;													-- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
			etal = true;														-- overrides value set by extract_names()
		elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then											-- if is a string of numbers
			max = tonumber (max);												-- make it a number
			if max >= count and 'authors' == list_name then	-- AUTHORS ONLY		-- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
				add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', list_name);
			end
		else																	-- not a valid keyword or number
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } );		-- add error message
			max = nil;															-- unset
		end
	elseif 'authors' == list_name then		-- AUTHORS ONLY	need to clear implicit et al category
		max = count + 1;														-- number of authors + 1
	end
	
	return max, etal;
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------

Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp. 
abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.

check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:
	good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit
	bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP

]]

local function extra_text_in_page_check (page, nopp)
--	local good_pattern = '^P[^%.P%l]';
	local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]';										-- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
--	local bad_pattern = '^[Pp][Pp]';
	local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';

	if is_set (nopp) then													-- don't bother checking if |nopp= is set
		return;
	end

	if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or  page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then
		add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
	end
--		if Page:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or  Page:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') or
--			Pages:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or  Pages:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') then
--				add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
--		end
end


--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------

This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
|xxxxor-linkn= in args.  It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.

Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.

This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.

]]

local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
	local names = {};															-- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
	local v_name_table = {};
	local etal = false;															-- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
	local last, first, link, mask;
	local corporate = false;

	vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true);							-- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
	if vparam:find ('%[%[') or vparam:find ('%]%]')	then						-- no wikilinking vauthors names
		add_vanc_error ();
	end
	v_name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*")								-- names are separated by commas

	for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
		if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then									-- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parenthese to supress vanc formatting and error detection
			first = '';															-- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
			last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$')
			corporate = true;
		elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
		    lastfirstTable = {}
		    lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s")
		    first = table.remove(lastfirstTable);								-- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials
		    last  = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ")							-- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials
		    if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') or mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then
				add_vanc_error ();												-- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing or a space between two intiials
			end
		else
			first = '';															-- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
			last = v_name;														-- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
		end
																
		if is_set (first) and not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then		-- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
			add_vanc_error ();
		end
																				-- this from extract_names ()
		link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
		mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
		names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate};		-- add this assembled name to our names list
	end
	return names, etal;															-- all done, return our list of names
end

--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------

Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.

Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and
similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest

When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.

Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.

In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.

]]

local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
local lastfirst = false;
	if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) or		-- do this twice incase we have a first 1 without a last1
		select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 2 ) then
			lastfirst=true;
	end

	if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or								-- these are the three error conditions
		(is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or
		(true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then
			local err_name;
			if 'AuthorList' == list_name then									-- figure out which name should be used in error message
				err_name = 'author';
			else
				err_name = 'editor';
			end
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters',
				{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } );				-- add error message
	end

	if true == lastfirst then return 1 end;										-- return a number indicating which author name source to use
	if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
	if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
	return 1;																	-- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last 
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------

This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty
in the source template) the function refurns true.  If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns
true; else, emits an error message and returns false.

]]

local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible)
	if not is_set (value) then
		return true;															-- an empty parameter is ok
	elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then
		return true;
	else
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } );	-- not an allowed value so add error message
		return false
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------

Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
characters following the opening bracket obey the rules of a uri scheme (see check_url()).  The test will also find
external wikilinks that use protocol relative urls.

]]

local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
	if value:match ("%[%[%a+:") then											-- if a wikilink with namespace (interwiki)
		return false;
	elseif value:match ("%[%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:.*%]") or value:match ("%[//.*%]") then		-- does the param value contain an external wikilink?
--	elseif value:match ("%[%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:%S.*%]") or value:match ("%[//.*%]") then	-- does the param value contain an external wikilink?
		return true;
	else
		return false;
	end
end


--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------

loop through a list of parameters and their values.  Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.

]]

local function check_for_url (parameter_list)
local error_message = '';
	for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do										-- for each parameter in the list
		if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then									-- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message
			if is_set(error_message) then										-- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
				error_message=error_message .. ", ";							-- ... add a comma space separator
			end
			error_message=error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "=";				-- add the failed parameter
		end
	end
	if is_set (error_message) then														-- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------

This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.

]]

local function citation0( config, args)
	--[[ 
	Load Input Parameters
	The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
	]]
	local A = argument_wrapper( args );

	local i 
	local PPrefix = A['PPrefix']
	local PPPrefix = A['PPPrefix']
	local NoPP = A['NoPP'] 
	if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
		PPPrefix = '';															-- unset these, prefix if used is in |page= or |pages=
		PPrefix = '';
	else
		NoPP = nil;																-- unset, used as a flag later
	end
		
	-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
	-- define different field names for the same underlying things.	
	local author_etal;
	local a	= {};																-- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
	local Authors;
	local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];

	do																			-- to limit scope of selected
		local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
		if 1 == selected then
			a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList');				-- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
		elseif 2 == selected then
			NameListFormat = 'vanc';											-- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
			a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList');	-- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
		elseif 3 == selected then
			Authors = A['Authors'];												-- use content of |authors=
		end
	end

	local Coauthors = A['Coauthors'];
	local Others = A['Others'];

	local editor_etal;
	local e	= {};																-- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
	local Editors;

	do																			-- to limit scope of selected
		local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
		if 1 == selected then
			e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList');				-- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
		elseif 2 == selected then
			NameListFormat = 'vanc';											-- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
			e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList');	-- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
		elseif 3 == selected then
			Editors = A['Editors'];												-- use content of |editors=
		end
	end

	local t = {};																-- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
	local Translators;															-- assembled trnaslators name list
	t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList');									-- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
	
	if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then			-- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
		NameListFormat = '';													-- anything else, set to empty string
	end

	local Year = A['Year'];
	local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
	local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
	local Date = A['Date'];
	local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
	------------------------------------------------- Get title data
	local Title = A['Title'];
	local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
	local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
	local Conference = A['Conference'];

	local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
	if TransTitle == Title then --translated title is identical to title (i.e. not translated)
		TransTitle = "" --so hide it
	end

	local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
	local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
	local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
	local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
	local ChapterLink	-- = A['ChapterLink'];									-- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
	local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
	local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
	local Degree = A['Degree'];
	local Docket = A['Docket'];
	local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
	local ArchiveURL = A['ArchiveURL'];
	local URL = A['URL']
	local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');											-- get name of parameter that holds URL
	local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
	local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL');							-- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
	local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
	local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
	local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL');						-- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
	local Periodical = A['Periodical'];

	local Series = A['Series'];
	local Volume = A['Volume'];
	local Issue = A['Issue'];
	local Position = '';
	local Page = A['Page'];
	local Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] );	
	local At = A['At'];

	local Edition = A['Edition'];
	local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
	local Place = A['Place'];
	
	local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
	local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
			RegistrationRequired=nil;
		end
	local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
			SubscriptionRequired=nil;
		end

	local Via = A['Via'];
	local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
	local ArchiveDate = A['ArchiveDate'];
	local Agency = A['Agency'];
	local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then	-- set in config.defaults to 'yes'
			DeadURL = '';														-- anything else, set to empty string
		end

	local Language = A['Language'];
	local Format = A['Format'];
	local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
	local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
	local ID = A['ID'];
	local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
	local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
			IgnoreISBN = nil;													-- anything else, set to empty string
		end
	local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
	local Class = A['Class'];													-- arxiv class identifier

	local ID_list = extract_ids( args );

	local Quote = A['Quote'];

	local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
	local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
	local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
	local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
	local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
	local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] 
	local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL');						-- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL

	local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
			LastAuthorAmp = nil;													-- set to empty string
		end
	local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
			no_tracking_cats = nil;													-- set to empty string
		end

--these are used by cite interview
	local Callsign = A['Callsign'];
	local City = A['City'];
	local Program = A['Program'];

--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
	local use_lowercase;								-- controls capitalization of certain static text
	local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle();		-- also used for COinS and for language
	local anchor_year;									-- used in the CITEREF identifier
	local COinS_date;									-- used in the COinS metadata

-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter.  If |mode= is empty or omitted, use CitationClass to set these values
	local Mode = A['Mode'];
	if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then
		Mode = '';
	end
	local sepc;											-- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
	local PostScript;
	local Ref;
	sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
	use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' );					-- used to control capitalization for certain static text

--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
	if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then										-- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
		if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
			no_tracking_cats = "true";											-- set no_tracking_cats
		end
		for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do						-- cycle through page name patterns
			if this_page.text:match (v) then									-- test page name against each pattern
				no_tracking_cats = "true";										-- set no_tracking_cats
				break;															-- bail out if one is found
			end
		end
	end

-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. 
	if is_set(Page) then
		if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
			Page = Page .. " " .. set_error('extra_pages');						-- add error message
			Pages = '';															-- unset the others
			At = '';
		end
		extra_text_in_page_check (Page, NoPP);									-- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
	elseif is_set(Pages) then
		if is_set(At) then
			Pages = Pages .. " " .. set_error('extra_pages');					-- add error messages
			At = '';															-- unset
		end
		extra_text_in_page_check (Pages, NoPP);									-- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
	end	

-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
	if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
		PublicationPlace = Place;							-- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
	end
	
	if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end		-- don't need both if they are the same
	
--[[
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
When the citation has these parameters:
	|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
	|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
	|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title

	|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped
	|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped

All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified

]]

local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];

	if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then	-- test code for citation
		if is_set(Periodical) then												-- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
			if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then
				if not is_set(Chapter) then
					Chapter = Title;											-- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
					ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
					TransChapter = TransTitle;
					ChapterURL = URL;
					if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then
						Chapter= '[[' .. TitleLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]';
					end
					Title = Periodical;
					ChapterFormat = Format;
					Periodical = '';											-- redundant so unset
					TransTitle = '';
					URL = '';
					Format = '';
					TitleLink = '';
					ScriptTitle = '';
				end
			else																-- |title not set
				Title = Periodical;												-- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
				Periodical = '';												-- redundant so unset
			end
		end
	end

-- Special case for cite techreport.
	if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then	-- special case for cite techreport
		if is_set(Issue) then						-- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations aliase to 'issue'
			if not is_set(ID) then					-- can we use ID for the "number"?
				ID = Issue;							-- yes, use it
				Issue = "";							-- unset Issue so that "number" isn't duplicated in the rendered citation or COinS metadata
			else									-- can't use ID so emit error message
				ID = ID .. " " .. set_error('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;id=</code> and <code>&#124;number=</code>');
			end
		end	
	end

-- special case for cite interview
	if (config.CitationClass == "interview") then
		if is_set(Program) then
			ID = ' ' .. Program;
		end
		if is_set(Callsign) then
			if is_set(ID) then
				ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. Callsign;
			else
				ID = ' ' .. Callsign;
			end
		end
		if is_set(City) then
			if is_set(ID) then
				ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. City;
			else
				ID = ' ' .. City;
			end
		end

		if is_set(Others) then
			if is_set(TitleType) then
				Others = ' ' .. TitleType .. ' with ' .. Others;
				TitleType = '';
			else
				Others = ' ' .. 'Interview with ' .. Others;
			end
		else
			Others = '(Interview)';
		end
	end

-- special case for cite mailing list
	if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
		Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
	end

-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
	if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
		if is_set(BookTitle) then
			Chapter = Title;
--			ChapterLink = TitleLink;											-- |chapterlink= is deprecated
			ChapterURL = URL;
			ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
			URLorigin = '';
			ChapterFormat = Format;
			TransChapter = TransTitle;
			Title = BookTitle;
			Format = '';
--			TitleLink = '';
			TransTitle = '';
			URL = '';
		end
	elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
		Conference = '';														-- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
	end

-- cite map oddities
	local Cartography = "";
	local Scale = "";
	local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
	local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
	if config.CitationClass == "map" then
		Chapter = A['Map'];
		ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
		TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
		ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
		ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
		
		Cartography = A['Cartography'];
		if is_set( Cartography ) then
			Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
		end		
		Scale = A['Scale'];
		if is_set( Scale ) then
			Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
		end
	end

-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
	if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
		local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
		local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
		local Network = A['Network'];
		local Station = A['Station'];
		local s, n = {}, {};

																				-- do common parameters first
		if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
		if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
		ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
		
		if not is_set (Date) then												-- promote airdate or Began/Ended to date
			if is_set (AirDate) then
				Date = AirDate;
			end
		end

		if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then								-- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
			local Season = A['Season'];
			local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];

			if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then					-- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } );		-- add error message
				SeriesNumber = '';												-- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
			end
																				-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
			if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
			if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
			if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
			Issue = '';															-- unset because this is not a unique parameter
	
			Chapter = Title;													-- promote title parameters to chapter
			ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
			ChapterLink = TitleLink;											-- alias episodelink
			TransChapter = TransTitle;
			ChapterURL = URL;
			ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
			
			Title = Series;														-- promote series to title
			TitleLink = SeriesLink;
			Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' ');								-- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number

			if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then			-- link but not URL
				Chapter = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]';		-- ok to wikilink
			elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then			-- if both are set, URL links episode;
				Series = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]';			-- series links with ChapterLink (episodelink -> TitleLink -> ChapterLink) ugly
			end
			URL = '';															-- unset
			TransTitle = '';
			ScriptTitle = '';
			
		else																	-- now oddities that are cite serial
			Issue = '';															-- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
			Chapter = A['Episode'];												-- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
			if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
				Series = '[[' .. SeriesLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]';
			end
			Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series);						-- series is italicized
		end	
	end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff

-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, before generation of COinS data.
	if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
		if not is_set (ID_list['ARXIV']) then									-- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_missing', {}, true ) } );		-- add error message
		elseif is_set (Series) then												-- series is an alias of version
			ID_list['ARXIV'] = ID_list['ARXIV'] .. Series;						-- concatenate version onto the end of the arxiv identifier
			Series = '';														-- unset
			deprecated_parameter ('version');									-- deprecated parameter but only for cite arxiv
		end
		
		if first_set (AccessDate, At, Chapter, Format, Page, Pages, Periodical, PublisherName, URL,	-- a crude list of parameters that are not supported by cite arxiv
			ID_list['ASIN'], ID_list['BIBCODE'], ID_list['DOI'], ID_list['ISBN'], ID_list['ISSN'],
			ID_list['JFM'], ID_list['JSTOR'], ID_list['LCCN'], ID_list['MR'], ID_list['OCLC'], ID_list['OL'],
			ID_list['OSTI'], ID_list['PMC'], ID_list['PMID'], ID_list['RFC'], ID_list['SSRN'], ID_list['USENETID'], ID_list['ZBL']) then
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_params_not_supported', {}, true ) } );		-- add error message

				AccessDate= '';													-- set these to empty string; not supported in cite arXiv
				PublisherName = '';												-- (if the article has been published, use cite journal, or other)
				Chapter = '';
				URL = '';
				Format = '';
				Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = '';
		end
		Periodical = 'arXiv';													-- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
	end

-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values

	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "DVD-notes", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
		TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
		if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then						-- special case for cite thesis
			TitleType = Degree .. " thesis";
		end
	end

	if is_set(TitleType) then													-- if type parameter is specified
		TitleType = " (" .. TitleType .. ")";									-- display it in parentheses
	end

-- legacy: promote concatenation of |month=, and |year= to Date if Date not set; or, promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
	if not is_set (Date) then
		Date = Year;															-- promote Year to Date
		Year = nil;																-- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
		if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then					-- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
			Date = PublicationDate;												-- promote PublicationDate to Date
			PublicationDate = '';												-- unset, no longer needed
		end
	end

	if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end	-- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation

--[[
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
we get the date used in the metadata.

Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
]]
	do	-- create defined block to contain local variables error_message and mismatch
		local error_message = '';
																				-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
		anchor_year, COinS_date, error_message = dates({['access-date']=AccessDate, ['archive-date']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi-broken-date']=DoiBroken,
			['embargo']=Embargo, ['lay-date']=LayDate, ['publication-date']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year});

		if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then									-- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; 
			local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
			if 0 == mismatch then												-- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
				if is_set (error_message) then									-- if there is already an error message
					error_message = error_message .. ', ';						-- tack on this additional message
				end
				error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch';
			elseif 1 == mismatch then											-- |year= matches year-value in |date=
				add_maint_cat ('date_year');
			end
		end

		if is_set(error_message) then
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } );	-- add this error message
		end
	end	-- end of do

-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set.  Do this after date check but before COInS.
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
	Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo);											-- 

	if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
		if not is_set (Embargo) then											-- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
			URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC'];				-- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
			URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1];					-- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
		end
	end

-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
	-- Test if citation has no title
	if	not is_set(Title) and
		not is_set(TransTitle) and
		not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
			if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then							-- special case for cite episode; is there a better way to do this?
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } );
			else
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } );
			end
	end
	
	if 'none' == Title and is_set(Periodical) and not (( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia))) then								-- special case
		Title = '';																-- set title to empty string
		add_maint_cat ('untitled');
	end

	check_for_url ({['title']=Title, ['chapter']=Chapter, ['work']=Periodical});	-- adds error message when any of these parameters contain a URL

	-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
	-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
	-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
	-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap 
	
	local coins_chapter = Chapter;												-- default assuming that remapping not required
	local coins_title = Title;													-- et tu
	if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
		if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then		-- if all are used then
			coins_chapter = Title;												-- remap
			coins_title = Periodical;
		end
	end
	
	-- this is the function call to COinS()
	local OCinSoutput = COinS({
		['Periodical'] = Periodical,
		['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter),			-- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
		['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle),				-- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
		['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
		['Date'] = first_set(COinS_date, Date),		-- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; any reason to keep Date here?  Should we be including invalid dates in metadata?
		['Series'] = Series,
		['Volume'] = Volume,
		['Issue'] = Issue,
		['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set(Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At)),				-- pages stripped of external links
		['Edition'] = Edition,
		['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
		['URL'] = first_set( URL, ChapterURL ),
		['Authors'] = a,
		['ID_list'] = ID_list,
		['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
	}, config.CitationClass);

-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, AFTER generation of COinS data.
	if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then										-- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, now unset so it isn't displayed
		Periodical = '';														-- periodical not allowed in cite arxiv; if article has been published, use cite journal
	end

-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
	if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
		if is_set (PublisherName) then
			PublisherName = '[[Usenet newsgroup|Newsgroup]]:&nbsp;' ..  external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName );
		end
	end



	-- Now perform various field substitutions.
	-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
	-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
	local EditorCount;															-- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
	do
		local last_first_list;
		local maximum;
		local control = { 
			format = NameListFormat,											-- empty string or 'vanc'
			maximum = nil,														-- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
			lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
			page_name = this_page.text											-- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
		};

		do																		-- do editor name list first because coauthors can modify control table
			maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
			-- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
			if not is_set(maximum) and #e == 4 then 
				maximum = 3;
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('implict_etal_editor', {}, true) } );
			end

			control.maximum = maximum;
			
			last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);

			if is_set (Editors) then
				if editor_etal then
					Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al'];				-- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
					EditorCount = 2;												-- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
				else
					EditorCount = 2;												-- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
				end
			else
				Editors = last_first_list;											-- either an author name list or an empty string
			end

			if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then			-- only one editor displayed but includes etal then 
				EditorCount = 2;													-- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
			end
		end
		do																			-- now do translators
			control.maximum = #t;													-- number of translators
			Translators = list_people(control, t, false);							-- et al not currently supported
		end
		do																			-- now do authors
			control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);

			if is_set(Coauthors) then												-- if the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
				control.lastauthoramp = nil;
				control.maximum = #a + 1;
			end
			
			last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);

			if is_set (Authors) then
				Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false);	-- find and remove variations on et al.
				if author_etal then
					Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al'];				-- add et al. to authors parameter
				end
			else
				Authors = last_first_list;											-- either an author name list or an empty string
			end

		end																			-- end of do

		if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then	-- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } );	-- emit error message
		end
	end



--[[
	do																			-- do-block to limit scope of last_first_list
		local last_first_list;
		local maximum = A['DisplayAuthors'];

		maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (maximum, #a, 'authors', author_etal);

		local control = { 
			format = NameListFormat,											-- empty string or 'vanc'
			maximum = maximum,
			lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
			page_name = this_page.text											-- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via authorlinkn
			};
		
		if is_set(Coauthors) then												-- if the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
			control.lastauthoramp = nil;
			control.maximum = #a + 1;
		end
		
		last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);

		if is_set (Authors) then
			Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false);	-- find and remove variations on et al.
			if author_etal then
				Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al'];				-- add et al. to authors parameter
			end
		else
			Authors = last_first_list;											-- either an author name list or an empty string
		end

	end																			-- end of do

	if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then	-- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } );	-- emit error message
	end

	local EditorCount;															-- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
	do
		local last_first_list;
		local maximum = A['DisplayEditors'];

		maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (maximum, #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
		-- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
		if not is_set(maximum) and #e == 4 then 
			maximum = 3;
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('implict_etal_editor', {}, true) } );
		end

		local control = { 
			format = NameListFormat,											-- empty string or 'vanc'
			maximum = maximum,
			lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
			page_name = this_page.text											-- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
		};

		last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);

		if is_set (Editors) then
			if editor_etal then
				Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al'];				-- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
				EditorCount = 2;												-- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
			else
				EditorCount = 2;												-- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
			end
		else
			Editors = last_first_list;											-- either an author name list or an empty string
		end

		if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then			-- only one editor displayed but includes etal then 
			EditorCount = 2;													-- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
		end
	end
]]

-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
	ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
	ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
	ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
	Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
	LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
	TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');

	if  not is_set(URL) then --and
--		not is_set(ArchiveURL) then --and										-- prevents format_missing_url error from registering
--		not is_set(ConferenceURL) and											-- TODO: keep this here? conference as part of cite web or cite podcast?
--		not is_set(TranscriptURL) then											-- TODO: remove? |transcript-url= and |transcript= has separate test
		
		-- Test if cite web or cite podcast |url= is missing or empty 
		if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then	
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
		end
		
		-- Test if accessdate is given without giving a URL
		if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then					-- ChapterURL may be set when the others are not set; TODO: move this to a separate test?
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
			AccessDate = '';
		end
	end

	local OriginalURL, OriginalFormat;											-- TODO: swap chapter and title here so that archive applies to most specific if both are set?
	DeadURL = DeadURL:lower();													-- used later when assembling archived text
	if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
		if is_set (URL) then
			OriginalURL = URL;													-- save copy of original source URL
			OriginalFormat = Format;											-- and original |format=
			if 'no' ~= DeadURL then												-- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
				URL = ArchiveURL												-- swap-in the archive's url
				URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')								-- name of archive url parameter for error messages
				Format = ArchiveFormat or '';									-- swap in archive's format
			end
		elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then 										-- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
			OriginalURL = ChapterURL;											-- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
			OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat;										-- and original |format=
			if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
				ChapterURL = ArchiveURL											-- swap-in the archive's url
				URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')								-- name of archive url parameter for error messages
				ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or '';							-- swap in archive's format
			end
		end
	end

	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","podcast", "newsgroup", 'arxiv'}) or
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
			if is_set (Chapter) or is_set (TransChapter) or is_set (ChapterURL) or is_set (ScriptChapter) then	-- chapter parameters not supported for these citation types
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')}, true ) } );		-- add error message
				Chapter = '';													-- set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
				TransChapter = '';
				ChapterURL = '';
				ScriptChapter = '';
			end
	else																		-- otherwise, format chapter / article title
		Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin);
		if is_set (Chapter) then
			if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
				Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType;
			end
			Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' ';
		end
	end

	-- Format main title.
	if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
		Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]"
	end

	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","podcast", "newsgroup", "mailinglist", 'arxiv'}) or
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
		('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then			-- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
			Title = kern_quotes (Title);										-- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
			Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
	
			Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle);					-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
			TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
	elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then								-- no styling for cite report
		Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle);						-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
		TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );				-- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
	else
		Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
		Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle);						-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
		TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
	end

	TransError = "";
	if is_set(TransTitle) then
		if is_set(Title) then
			TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
		else
			TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
		end
	end
	
	Title = Title .. TransTitle;
	
	if is_set(Title) then
		if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then 
			Title = external_link( URL, Title ) .. TransError .. Format;
			URL = "";
			Format = "";
		else
			Title = Title .. TransError;
		end
	end

	if is_set(Place) then
		Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
	end

	if is_set (Conference) then
		if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
			Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference );
		end
		Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
	elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
		Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin );
	end

	if not is_set(Position) then
		local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
		if is_set(Minutes) then
			Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
		else
			local Time = A['Time'];
			if is_set(Time) then
				local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
				if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
					TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
					if sepc ~= '.' then
						TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
					end
				end
				Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
			end
		end
	else
		Position = " " .. Position;
		At = '';
	end
	
	if not is_set(Page) then
		if is_set(Pages) then
			if is_set(Periodical) and
				not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
				Pages = ": " .. Pages;
			elseif tonumber(Pages) ~= nil then
				Pages = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Pages;
			else
				Pages = sepc .." " .. PPPrefix .. Pages;
			end
		end
	else
		if is_set(Periodical) and
			not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
			Page = ": " .. Page;
		else
			Page = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Page;
		end
	end

	if 'map' == config.CitationClass then										-- cite map oddity done after COinS call (and with other in-source locators)
		if is_set (Sheet) or is_set (Sheets) then
			local err_msg1 = 'sheet=, &#124;sheets';							-- default error message in case any of page pages or at are set
			local err_msg2;
			if is_set (Page) or is_set (Pages) or is_set (At) then				-- are any set?
				err_msg2 = 'page=, &#124;pages=, &#124;at';						-- a generic error message
				Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = '';
			elseif is_set (Sheet) and is_set (Sheets) then						-- if both are set make error message
				err_msg1 = 'sheet';
				err_msg2 = 'sheets';
			end
			if is_set (err_msg2) then
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', err_msg1) .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', err_msg2)}, true ) } );		-- add error message
			end
			if not is_set (Sheet) then											-- do sheet static text and formatting; Sheet has priority over Sheets if both provided
				if is_set (Sheets) then
					if is_set (Periodical) then
						Sheet = ": Sheets " .. Sheets;							-- because Sheet has priority, no need to support both later on
					else
						Sheet = sepc .. " Sheets " .. Sheets;
					end
				end
			else
				if is_set (Periodical) then
					Sheet = ": Sheet " .. Sheet;
				else
					Sheet = sepc .. " Sheet " .. Sheet;
				end
			end
		end
	end

	At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
	Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
	if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
		local Section = A['Section'];
		local Sections = A['Sections'];
		local Inset = A['Inset'];
		
		if is_set( Inset ) then
			Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
		end			

		if is_set( Sections ) then
			Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
		elseif is_set( Section ) then
			Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
		end
		At = At .. Inset .. Section;		
	end	

	if is_set (Language) then
		Language = language_parameter (Language);								-- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc
	else
		Language="";															-- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
	end

	Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
	
	if is_set (Translators) then
		Others = sepc .. ' Translated by ' .. Translators .. Others; 
	end

	TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
	if is_set (Edition) then
		if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then
			add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition');
		end
		Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
	else
		Edition = '';
	end
	Issue = is_set(Issue) and (" (" .. Issue .. ")") or "";
	Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
	OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";
	Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";

	if is_set(Volume) then
		if ( mw.ustring.len(Volume) > 4 )
		  then Volume = sepc .." " .. Volume;
		  else Volume = " <b>" .. hyphen_to_dash(Volume) .. "</b>";
		end
	end

	------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
	if is_set(Via) then
		Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
	end

--[[
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.

]]
	if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then
		SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription'];		-- subscription required message
	elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then
		SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration'];		-- registration required message
	else
		SubscriptionRequired = '';												-- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
	end

	if is_set(AccessDate) then
		local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']

		AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate);									-- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
		if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end				-- if 'citation', lower case
		AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate);						-- add retrieved text
																				-- neither of these work; don't know why; it seems that substitute() isn't being called	
		AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate});	-- allow editors to hide accessdates
	end
	
	if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
   	if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
		ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
	end
   	if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then					-- for cite report when |docket= is set
		ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket;												-- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
	end

	ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );

	if is_set(URL) then
		URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin );
	end

	if is_set(Quote) then
		if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then
			Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2);
		end
		Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); 				-- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
		PostScript = "";														-- CS1 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
	end
	
	local Archived
	if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
		if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
			ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
		end
		if "no" == DeadURL then
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
				{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
			if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
				Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');							   
			end
		elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then											-- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped'
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
--			if 'usurped' == DeadURL then										-- when original has unsuitable content do not link
			if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped'}) then
				Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Archived from the original on ' .. ArchiveDate;	-- format already styled
			else																-- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y'
				Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
					{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'] ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } );	-- format already styled
			end	
		else
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, 
				{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
		end
	elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
		Archived = ArchiveFormat;												-- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
	else
		Archived = ""
	end
	
	local Lay = '';
	if is_set(LayURL) then
		if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
		if is_set(LaySource) then 
			LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
		else
			LaySource = "";
		end
		if sepc == '.' then
			Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'] ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
		else
			Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower() ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
		end			
	elseif is_set (LayFormat) then												-- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
		Lay = sepc .. LayFormat;												-- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
	end

	if is_set(Transcript) then
		if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
			Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript );
		end
		Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
	elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
		Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin );
	end

	local Publisher;
	if is_set(Periodical) and
		not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","pressrelease","podcast"}) then
		if is_set(PublisherName) then
			if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
				Publisher = PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName;
			else
				Publisher = PublisherName;  
			end
		elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
			Publisher= PublicationPlace;
		else 
			Publisher = "";
		end
		if is_set(PublicationDate) then
			if is_set(Publisher) then
				Publisher = Publisher .. ", " .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
			else
				Publisher = PublicationDate;
			end
		end
		if is_set(Publisher) then
			Publisher = " (" .. Publisher .. ")";
		end
	else
		if is_set(PublicationDate) then
			PublicationDate = " (" .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate) .. ")";
		end
		if is_set(PublisherName) then
			if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
				Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
			else
				Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;  
			end			
		elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then 
			Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
		else 
			Publisher = PublicationDate;
		end
	end
	
	-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
	if is_set(Periodical) then
		if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then 
			Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical) 
		else 
			Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
		end
	end

--[[
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
]]
	if "speech" == config.CitationClass then				-- cite speech only
		TitleNote = " (Speech)";							-- annotate the citation
		if is_set (Periodical) then							-- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter 
			if is_set (Conference) then						-- and if |event= is set
				Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " ";		-- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
			end
		end
	end

	-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
	-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
	-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.

	local tcommon
	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
		if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
		tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, 
			Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume, Issue}, sepc );
		
	elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then									-- special cases for cite map
		if is_set (Chapter) then												-- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
		elseif is_set (Periodical) then											-- map in a periodical
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume, Issue}, sepc );
		else																	-- a sheet or stand-alone map
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
		end
		
	elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then								-- special case for cite episode
		tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
	else																		-- all other CS1 templates
		tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, 
			Volume, Issue, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
	end
	
	if #ID_list > 0 then
		ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
	else
		ID_list = ID;
	end
	
	local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
	local text;
	local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Page .. Pages .. At;
	
	if is_set(Authors) then
		if is_set(Coauthors) then
			local sep = '; ';
			if 'vanc' == NameListFormat then
				sep = ', ';
			end
			Authors = Authors .. sep .. Coauthors;
		end
		if is_set(Date) then
			Date = " ("..Date..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
		elseif string.sub(Authors,-1,-1) == sepc then
			Authors = Authors .. " "
		else
			Authors = Authors .. sepc .. " "
		end
		if is_set(Editors) then
			local in_text = " ";
			local post_text = "";
			if is_set(Chapter) then
				in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
			else
				if EditorCount <= 1 then
					post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
				else
					post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
				end
			end 
			if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end
			Editors = in_text .. Editors .. post_text;
			if (string.sub(Editors,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub(Editors,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then	-- if last editor name ends with sepc char
				Editors = Editors .. " ";										-- don't add another
			else
				Editors = Editors .. sepc .. " "								-- otherwise terninate the editor list
			end
		end
		text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon }, sepc );
		text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
	elseif is_set(Editors) then
		if is_set(Date) then
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
			else
				Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
			end
			Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
		else
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
			else
				Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
			end
		end
		text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
		text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
	else
		if is_set(Date) then
			if ( string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) ~= sepc )
			  then Date = sepc .." " .. Date .. OrigYear
			  else Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear
			end
		end
		if config.CitationClass=="journal" and is_set(Periodical) then
			text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
			text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
		else
			text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date}, sepc );
			text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
		end
	end
	
	if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
		text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc );  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
		text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
	end	
	
	text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );

	-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
	local options = {};
	
	if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
		options.class = config.CitationClass;
		options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass;					-- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
	else
		options.class = "citation";
	end
	
	if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then
		local id = Ref
		if ( "harv" == Ref ) then
			local names = {} --table of last names & year
			if #a > 0 then
				for i,v in ipairs(a) do 
					names[i] = v.last 
					if i == 4 then break end
				end
			elseif #e > 0 then
				for i,v in ipairs(e) do 
					names[i] = v.last 
					if i == 4 then break end				
				end
			end
			names[ #names + 1 ] = first_set(Year, anchor_year);	-- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
			id = anchor_id(names)
		end
		options.id = id;
	end
	
	if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>.-</span>", ""):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then
		z.error_categories = {};
		text = set_error('empty_citation');
		z.message_tail = {};
	end
	
	if is_set(options.id) then 
		text = '<cite id="' .. mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id) ..'" class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</cite>";
	else
		text = '<cite class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</cite>";
	end		

	local empty_span = '<span style="display:none;">&nbsp;</span>';
	
	-- Note: Using display: none on then COinS span breaks some clients.
	local OCinS = '<span title="' .. OCinSoutput .. '" class="Z3988">' .. empty_span .. '</span>';
	text = text .. OCinS;
	
	if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
		text = text .. " ";
		for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
			if is_set(v[1]) then
				if i == #z.message_tail then
					text = text .. error_comment( v[1], v[2] );
				else
					text = text .. error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] );
				end
			end
		end
	end

	if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
		text = text .. '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33">';
		for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do								-- append maintenance categories
			text = text .. ' ' .. v .. ' ([[:Category:' .. v ..'|link]])';
		end
		text = text .. '</span>';	-- maintenance mesages (realy just the names of the categories for now)
	end
	
	no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
	if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
		for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
			text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
		end
		for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do								-- append maintenance categories
			text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
		end
		for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do								-- append maintenance categories
			text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
		end
	end
	
	return text
end

-- This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
function z.citation(frame)
	local pframe = frame:getParent()
	local validation;
	
	if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then			-- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
		cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox');		-- load sandbox versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
		whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
		validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox');	-- ... sandbox version of date validation code

	else																		-- otherwise
		cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration');				-- load live versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
		whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
		validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');			-- ... live version of date validation code
	end

	dates = validation.dates;													-- imported functions
	year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;

	local args = {};
	local suggestions = {};
	local error_text, error_state;

	local config = {};
	for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
		config[k] = v;
		args[k] = v;	   
	end	

	local capture;																-- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
	for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
		if v ~= '' then
			if not validate( k ) then			
				error_text = "";
				if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
					-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
					if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
						error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
					end
				elseif validate( k:lower() ) then 
					error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
				else
					if nil == suggestions.suggestions then						-- if this table is nil then we need to load it
						if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then			-- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
							suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' );	-- use the sandbox version
						else
							suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' );			-- use the live version
						end
					end
					for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do		-- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
						capture = k:match (pattern);							-- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match
						if capture then											-- if the pattern matches 
							param = substitute( param, capture );				-- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
							error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true );	-- set the error message
						end
					end
					if not is_set (error_text) then								-- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion?
						if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
							error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
						else
							error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
						end
					end
--					if #suggestions == 0 then
--						suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' );
--					end
--					if suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
--						error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
--					else
--						error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
--					end
				end				  
				if error_text ~= '' then
					table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
				end				
			end
			args[k] = v;
		elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then
			args[k] = v;
		end		
	end	
	
	return citation0( config, args)
end

return z